xref: /sqlite-3.40.0/src/pager.c (revision aeb4e6ee)
1 /*
2 ** 2001 September 15
3 **
4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
6 **
7 **    May you do good and not evil.
8 **    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
9 **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
10 **
11 *************************************************************************
12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
13 **
14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
16 ** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
19 ** another is writing.
20 */
21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
22 #include "sqliteInt.h"
23 #include "wal.h"
24 
25 
26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************
27 **
28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback
29 ** journal.  These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL,
30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF.
31 **
32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced
33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page.
36 **
37 ** Definition:  A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page:
39 **
40 **     (a)  The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
41 **          the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
42 **          synced.
43 **
44 **     (b)  The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
45 **
46 **     (c)  The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
47 **          the database file at the start of the transaction.
48 **
49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
50 **     following are true:
51 **
52 **     (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
53 **
54 **     (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
55 **         transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
56 **         number consists of a single page change.
57 **
58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
59 **     both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
60 **     and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
61 **     transaction.
62 **
63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
64 **     in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
65 **
66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
67 **     an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
68 **     first 100 bytes of the database file.
69 **
70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
71 **     being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
72 **
73 ** (6) If a super-journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
74 **     are synced prior to the super-journal being deleted.
75 **
76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
78 ** all queries.  Note in particular the content of freelist leaf
79 ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence
80 ** of the database.
81 **
82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
83 **     of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the
84 **     journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically
85 **     equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
86 **
87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
88 **     is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
89 **     the beginning of the transaction.  (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
90 **     method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
91 **     invoke it.)
92 **
93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
94 **     of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
95 **     the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
96 **     database to flush their caches.
97 **
98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
99 **      than one billion transactions.
100 **
101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
102 **      of every transaction.
103 **
104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to
105 **      the database file.
106 **
107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any
108 **      content out of the database file.
109 **
110 ******************************************************************************/
111 
112 /*
113 ** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
114 */
115 #if 0
116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
118 #define PAGERTRACE(X)     if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; }
119 #else
120 #define PAGERTRACE(X)
121 #endif
122 
123 /*
124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
125 ** to print out file-descriptors.
126 **
127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
129 ** struct as its argument.
130 */
131 #define PAGERID(p) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(p->fd))
132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(fd))
133 
134 /*
135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A
136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following
137 ** state diagram.
138 **
139 **                            OPEN <------+------+
140 **                              |         |      |
141 **                              V         |      |
142 **               +---------> READER-------+      |
143 **               |              |                |
144 **               |              V                |
145 **               |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
146 **               |              |                ^
147 **               |              V                |
148 **               |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
149 **               |              |                |
150 **               |              V                |
151 **               |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->|
152 **               |              |                |
153 **               |              V                |
154 **               +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+
155 **
156 **
157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
158 **
159 **   OPEN              -> READER              [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
160 **   READER            -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
161 **
162 **   READER            -> WRITER_LOCKED       [sqlite3PagerBegin]
163 **   WRITER_LOCKED     -> WRITER_CACHEMOD     [pager_open_journal]
164 **   WRITER_CACHEMOD   -> WRITER_DBMOD        [syncJournal]
165 **   WRITER_DBMOD      -> WRITER_FINISHED     [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne]
166 **   WRITER_***        -> READER              [pager_end_transaction]
167 **
168 **   WRITER_***        -> ERROR               [pager_error]
169 **   ERROR             -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
170 **
171 **
172 **  OPEN:
173 **
174 **    The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this
175 **    state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is
176 **    unknown. The database may not be read or written.
177 **
178 **    * No read or write transaction is active.
179 **    * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file.
180 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted.
181 **
182 **  READER:
183 **
184 **    In this state all the requirements for reading the database in
185 **    rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
186 **    was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is
187 **    open. The database size is known in this state.
188 **
189 **    A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
190 **    it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state
191 **    OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection
192 **    running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in
193 **    this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
194 **    a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
195 **    is via the ERROR state (see below).
196 **
197 **    * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
198 **    * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
199 **    * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read
200 **      transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
201 **      may not be trusted at this point.
202 **    * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
203 **    * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that
204 **      there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
205 **
206 **  WRITER_LOCKED:
207 **
208 **    The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
209 **    is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks
210 **    required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual
211 **    modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
212 **
213 **    In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with
214 **    BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
215 **    moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened
216 **    to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while
217 **    in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database
218 **    file.
219 **
220 **    IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
221 **    If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt
222 **    is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
223 **
224 **    * A write transaction is active.
225 **    * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater
226 **      lock is held on the database file.
227 **    * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
228 **      is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
229 **      called).
230 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid.
231 **    * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified.
232 **    * The journal file may or may not be open.
233 **    * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal.
234 **
235 **  WRITER_CACHEMOD:
236 **
237 **    A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is
238 **    first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file
239 **    is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the
240 **    start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified.
241 **
242 **    * A write transaction is active.
243 **    * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
244 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
245 **      to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
246 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
247 **
248 **  WRITER_DBMOD:
249 **
250 **    The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state
251 **    when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections
252 **    never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file,
253 **    just the log file).
254 **
255 **    * A write transaction is active.
256 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
257 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
258 **      and synced to disk.
259 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
260 **      written to disk).
261 **
262 **  WRITER_FINISHED:
263 **
264 **    It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state.
265 **
266 **    A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
267 **    state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
268 **    database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
269 **    by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is
270 **    not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper
271 **    layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
272 **
273 **    * A write transaction is active.
274 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
275 **    * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
276 **      If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
277 **      commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
278 **      to rollback the transaction.
279 **
280 **  ERROR:
281 **
282 **    The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
283 **    SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it
284 **    difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents,
285 **    db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
286 **
287 **    Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
288 **    cannot.
289 **
290 **    For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback,
291 **    the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
292 **    At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
293 **    (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
294 **    report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if
295 **    they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database
296 **    file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state
297 **    instead of READER following such an error.
298 **
299 **    Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
300 **    to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all
301 **    outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
302 **    transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the
303 **    page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
304 **    is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
305 **    when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
306 **    the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered
307 **    from the error.
308 **
309 **    Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
310 **
311 **      1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in
312 **         function sqlite3PagerRollback().
313 **
314 **      2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file
315 **         following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo().
316 **
317 **      3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or
318 **         database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up
319 **         memory.
320 **
321 **    In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
322 **    layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition
323 **    persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
324 **
325 **    Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
326 **    statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
327 **    code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
328 **    automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
329 **    read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent
330 **    state.
331 **
332 **    * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
333 **    * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
334 **      last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
335 **    * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
336 **
337 **
338 ** Notes:
339 **
340 **   * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the
341 **     connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one
342 **     of the first four states.
343 **
344 **   * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
345 **     state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
346 **     been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are
347 **     executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
348 **
349 **   * See also: assert_pager_state().
350 */
351 #define PAGER_OPEN                  0
352 #define PAGER_READER                1
353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED         2
354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD       3
355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD          4
356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED       5
357 #define PAGER_ERROR                 6
358 
359 /*
360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the
361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers.
365 **
366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY
367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not
368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and
369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated
370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the
371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set
372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
374 **
375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may
376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
378 **
379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file
381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED
382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
385 ** of hot-journal detection.
386 **
387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED
388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may
389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database
393 ** without rolling it back.
394 **
395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the
396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK
400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
403 **
404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in
405 ** PAGER_OPEN state.
406 */
407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK                (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
408 
409 /*
410 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method
411 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
412 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
413 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
414 */
415 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000
416 
417 
418 /*
419 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
420 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
421 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
422 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
423 **
424 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
425 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
426 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset
427 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
428 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
429 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
430 */
431 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint;
432 struct PagerSavepoint {
433   i64 iOffset;                 /* Starting offset in main journal */
434   i64 iHdrOffset;              /* See above */
435   Bitvec *pInSavepoint;        /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
436   Pgno nOrig;                  /* Original number of pages in file */
437   Pgno iSubRec;                /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
438 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
439   u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA];        /* WAL savepoint context */
440 #endif
441 };
442 
443 /*
444 ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag.  See further description below.
445 */
446 #define SPILLFLAG_OFF         0x01 /* Never spill cache.  Set via pragma */
447 #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK    0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */
448 #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC      0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */
449 
450 /*
451 ** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
452 ** some of the more important member variables follows:
453 **
454 ** eState
455 **
456 **   The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
457 **   diagram above for a description of the pager state.
458 **
459 ** eLock
460 **
461 **   For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file -
462 **   NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
463 **
464 **   For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any
465 **   locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such
466 **   databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager
467 **   logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever
468 **   need (and no reason to release them).
469 **
470 **   In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to
471 **   UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for
472 **   details.
473 **
474 ** changeCountDone
475 **
476 **   This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter
477 **   (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is
478 **   not updated more often than necessary.
479 **
480 **   It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which
481 **   can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
482 **   It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is
483 **   relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
484 **   The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
485 **   updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
486 **
487 **   This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection
488 **   need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
489 **   committed.
490 **
491 ** setSuper
492 **
493 **   When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
494 **   (or may not) specify a super-journal name to be written into the
495 **   journal file before it is synced to disk.
496 **
497 **   Whether or not a journal file contains a super-journal pointer affects
498 **   the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is
499 **   committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
500 **   If a journal file does not contain a super-journal pointer, it is
501 **   finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
502 **   it does contain a super-journal pointer the journal file is finalized
503 **   by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were
504 **   running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
505 **
506 **   Journal files that contain super-journal pointers cannot be finalized
507 **   simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
508 **   super-journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
509 **   subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
510 **
511 **   The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
512 **   by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
513 **   journal file from being successfully finalized, the setSuper flag
514 **   is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
515 **
516 ** doNotSpill
517 **
518 **   This variables control the behavior of cache-spills  (calls made by
519 **   the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data
520 **   to the file-system in order to free up memory).
521 **
522 **   When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set,
523 **   writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether.
524 **   The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that
525 **   comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module
526 **   to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
527 **   while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback().  The SPILLFLAG_OFF
528 **   case is a user preference.
529 **
530 **   If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from
531 **   pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not.
532 **   This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size
533 **   is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync
534 **   from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector.
535 **
536 ** subjInMemory
537 **
538 **   This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
539 **   is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
540 **   sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
541 **
542 **   This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new
543 **   write-transaction is opened.
544 **
545 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
546 **
547 **   Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
548 **   It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
549 **   OPEN and ERROR).
550 **
551 **   dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be
552 **   larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
553 **   28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
554 **   is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
555 **   dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2).
556 **   Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered
557 **   to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads
558 **   to dbSize==1).
559 **
560 **   During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
561 **   dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
562 **   Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(),
563 **   dbSize is updated.
564 **
565 **   Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states
566 **   PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
567 **   variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
568 **   and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
569 **   being modified.
570 **
571 **   Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
572 **   the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
573 **   write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
574 **   to write or truncate the database file on disk.
575 **
576 **   The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress
577 **   unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If,
578 **   when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates
579 **   that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize),
580 **   pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
581 **   to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
582 **   dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
583 **   pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be
584 **   a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case,
585 **   pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger.
586 **
587 ** dbHintSize
588 **
589 **   The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
590 **   the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method.
591 **
592 **   dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
593 **   write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
594 **   dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
595 **   dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
596 **   size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for
597 **   details.
598 **
599 ** errCode
600 **
601 **   The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
602 **   is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode
603 **   is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX
604 **   sub-codes.
605 **
606 ** syncFlags, walSyncFlags
607 **
608 **   syncFlags is either SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL (0x02) or SQLITE_SYNC_FULL (0x03).
609 **   syncFlags is used for rollback mode.  walSyncFlags is used for WAL mode
610 **   and contains the flags used to sync the checkpoint operations in the
611 **   lower two bits, and sync flags used for transaction commits in the WAL
612 **   file in bits 0x04 and 0x08.  In other words, to get the correct sync flags
613 **   for checkpoint operations, use (walSyncFlags&0x03) and to get the correct
614 **   sync flags for transaction commit, use ((walSyncFlags>>2)&0x03).  Note
615 **   that with synchronous=NORMAL in WAL mode, transaction commit is not synced
616 **   meaning that the 0x04 and 0x08 bits are both zero.
617 */
618 struct Pager {
619   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;          /* OS functions to use for IO */
620   u8 exclusiveMode;           /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
621   u8 journalMode;             /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
622   u8 useJournal;              /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
623   u8 noSync;                  /* Do not sync the journal if true */
624   u8 fullSync;                /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
625   u8 extraSync;               /* sync directory after journal delete */
626   u8 syncFlags;               /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
627   u8 walSyncFlags;            /* See description above */
628   u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */
629   u8 noLock;                  /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */
630   u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
631   u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
632 
633   /**************************************************************************
634   ** The following block contains those class members that change during
635   ** routine operation.  Class members not in this block are either fixed
636   ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
637   ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
638   ** or the journal_mode).  From another view, these class members describe
639   ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
640   ** "configuration" of the pager.
641   */
642   u8 eState;                  /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
643   u8 eLock;                   /* Current lock held on database file */
644   u8 changeCountDone;         /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
645   u8 setSuper;                /* Super-jrnl name is written into jrnl */
646   u8 doNotSpill;              /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
647   u8 subjInMemory;            /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
648   u8 bUseFetch;               /* True to use xFetch() */
649   u8 hasHeldSharedLock;       /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */
650   Pgno dbSize;                /* Number of pages in the database */
651   Pgno dbOrigSize;            /* dbSize before the current transaction */
652   Pgno dbFileSize;            /* Number of pages in the database file */
653   Pgno dbHintSize;            /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */
654   int errCode;                /* One of several kinds of errors */
655   int nRec;                   /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
656   u32 cksumInit;              /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
657   u32 nSubRec;                /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
658   Bitvec *pInJournal;         /* One bit for each page in the database file */
659   sqlite3_file *fd;           /* File descriptor for database */
660   sqlite3_file *jfd;          /* File descriptor for main journal */
661   sqlite3_file *sjfd;         /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
662   i64 journalOff;             /* Current write offset in the journal file */
663   i64 journalHdr;             /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
664   sqlite3_backup *pBackup;    /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
665   PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */
666   int nSavepoint;             /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
667   u32 iDataVersion;           /* Changes whenever database content changes */
668   char dbFileVers[16];        /* Changes whenever database file changes */
669 
670   int nMmapOut;               /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */
671   sqlite3_int64 szMmap;       /* Desired maximum mmap size */
672   PgHdr *pMmapFreelist;       /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */
673   /*
674   ** End of the routinely-changing class members
675   ***************************************************************************/
676 
677   u16 nExtra;                 /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
678   i16 nReserve;               /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */
679   u32 vfsFlags;               /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
680   u32 sectorSize;             /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
681   int pageSize;               /* Number of bytes in a page */
682   Pgno mxPgno;                /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
683   i64 journalSizeLimit;       /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
684   char *zFilename;            /* Name of the database file */
685   char *zJournal;             /* Name of the journal file */
686   int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
687   void *pBusyHandlerArg;      /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
688   int aStat[4];               /* Total cache hits, misses, writes, spills */
689 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
690   int nRead;                  /* Database pages read */
691 #endif
692   void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
693   int (*xGet)(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); /* Routine to fetch a patch */
694   char *pTmpSpace;            /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
695   PCache *pPCache;            /* Pointer to page cache object */
696 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
697   Wal *pWal;                  /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */
698   char *zWal;                 /* File name for write-ahead log */
699 #endif
700 };
701 
702 /*
703 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains
704 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS
705 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status().
706 */
707 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT   0
708 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS  1
709 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2
710 #define PAGER_STAT_SPILL 3
711 
712 /*
713 ** The following global variables hold counters used for
714 ** testing purposes only.  These variables do not exist in
715 ** a non-testing build.  These variables are not thread-safe.
716 */
717 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
718 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0;    /* Number of full pages read from DB */
719 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0;   /* Number of full pages written to DB */
720 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0;    /* Number of pages written to journal */
721 # define PAGER_INCR(v)  v++
722 #else
723 # define PAGER_INCR(v)
724 #endif
725 
726 
727 
728 /*
729 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string.  The data
730 ** was obtained from /dev/random.  It is used only as a sanity check.
731 **
732 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
733 ** checking information.  If the power fails while the journal is being
734 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
735 ** file after power is restored.  If an attempt is then made
736 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted.  The additional
737 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
738 ** journal and ignore it.
739 **
740 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
741 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data.  The checksum covers both
742 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
743 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
744 ** journal file right after the header.  The random initializer is important,
745 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
746 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted.  If the
747 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
748 ** be correct.  But by initializing the checksum to random value which
749 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
750 */
751 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
752   0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
753 };
754 
755 /*
756 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by
757 ** the following macro.
758 */
759 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)  ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
760 
761 /*
762 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same
763 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
764 */
765 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
766 
767 /*
768 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
769 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
770 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
771 ** out code that would never execute.
772 */
773 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
774 # define MEMDB 0
775 #else
776 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb
777 #endif
778 
779 /*
780 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch
781 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O.
782 */
783 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
784 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch)
785 #else
786 # define USEFETCH(x) 0
787 #endif
788 
789 /*
790 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
791 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
792 **
793 ** This is so that expressions can be written as:
794 **
795 **   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
796 **
797 ** instead of
798 **
799 **   if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
800 */
801 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0)
802 
803 #ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
804 /*
805 ** Return true if page pgno can be read directly from the database file
806 ** by the b-tree layer. This is the case if:
807 **
808 **   * the database file is open,
809 **   * there are no dirty pages in the cache, and
810 **   * the desired page is not currently in the wal file.
811 */
812 int sqlite3PagerDirectReadOk(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
813   if( pPager->fd->pMethods==0 ) return 0;
814   if( sqlite3PCacheIsDirty(pPager->pPCache) ) return 0;
815 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
816   if( pPager->pWal ){
817     u32 iRead = 0;
818     int rc;
819     rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iRead);
820     return (rc==SQLITE_OK && iRead==0);
821   }
822 #endif
823   return 1;
824 }
825 #endif
826 
827 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
828 # define pagerUseWal(x) ((x)->pWal!=0)
829 #else
830 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0
831 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
832 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0
833 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
834 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
835 #endif
836 
837 #ifndef NDEBUG
838 /*
839 ** Usage:
840 **
841 **   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
842 **
843 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in
844 ** the internal state of the Pager object.
845 */
846 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
847   Pager *pPager = p;
848 
849   /* State must be valid. */
850   assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN
851        || p->eState==PAGER_READER
852        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
853        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
854        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
855        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
856        || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR
857   );
858 
859   /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves
860   ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates
861   ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set.
862   */
863   assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
864   assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
865 
866   /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF".
867   ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
868   */
869   assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal );
870   assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) );
871 
872   /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since
873   ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter
874   ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing
875   ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may
876   ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It
877   ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR
878   ** state.
879   */
880   if( MEMDB ){
881     assert( !isOpen(p->fd) );
882     assert( p->noSync );
883     assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
884          || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
885     );
886     assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
887     assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
888   }
889 
890   /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
891   ** on the file.
892   */
893   assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
894   assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
895 
896   switch( p->eState ){
897     case PAGER_OPEN:
898       assert( !MEMDB );
899       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
900       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile );
901       break;
902 
903     case PAGER_READER:
904       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
905       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
906       assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
907       break;
908 
909     case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED:
910       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
911       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
912       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
913         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
914       }
915       assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize );
916       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
917       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
918       assert( pPager->setSuper==0 );
919       break;
920 
921     case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD:
922       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
923       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
924       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
925         /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the
926         ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during
927         ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off
928         ** to journal_mode=wal.
929         */
930         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
931         assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
932              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
933              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
934         );
935       }
936       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
937       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
938       break;
939 
940     case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD:
941       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
942       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
943       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
944       assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
945       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
946            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
947            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
948            || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
949       );
950       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize );
951       break;
952 
953     case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED:
954       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
955       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
956       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
957       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
958            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
959            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
960            || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
961       );
962       break;
963 
964     case PAGER_ERROR:
965       /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if
966       ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped
967       ** back to OPEN state.
968       */
969       assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
970       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 || pPager->tempFile );
971       break;
972   }
973 
974   return 1;
975 }
976 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
977 
978 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
979 /*
980 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
981 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
982 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative
983 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb:
984 **
985 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager)
986 **
987 ** This routine has external linkage in order to suppress compiler warnings
988 ** about an unused function.  It is enclosed within SQLITE_DEBUG and so does
989 ** not appear in normal builds.
990 */
991 char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){
992   static char zRet[1024];
993 
994   sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet,
995       "Filename:      %s\n"
996       "State:         %s errCode=%d\n"
997       "Lock:          %s\n"
998       "Locking mode:  locking_mode=%s\n"
999       "Journal mode:  journal_mode=%s\n"
1000       "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n"
1001       "Journal:       journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n"
1002       "Size:          dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n"
1003       , p->zFilename
1004       , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN            ? "OPEN" :
1005         p->eState==PAGER_READER          ? "READER" :
1006         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED   ? "WRITER_LOCKED" :
1007         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" :
1008         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD    ? "WRITER_DBMOD" :
1009         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" :
1010         p->eState==PAGER_ERROR           ? "ERROR" : "?error?"
1011       , (int)p->errCode
1012       , p->eLock==NO_LOCK         ? "NO_LOCK" :
1013         p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK   ? "RESERVED" :
1014         p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  ? "EXCLUSIVE" :
1015         p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK     ? "SHARED" :
1016         p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK    ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?"
1017       , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal"
1018       , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   ? "memory" :
1019         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      ? "off" :
1020         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   ? "delete" :
1021         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  ? "persist" :
1022         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" :
1023         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      ? "wal" : "?error?"
1024       , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal
1025       , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr
1026       , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize
1027   );
1028 
1029   return zRet;
1030 }
1031 #endif
1032 
1033 /* Forward references to the various page getters */
1034 static int getPageNormal(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1035 static int getPageError(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1036 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
1037 static int getPageMMap(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1038 #endif
1039 
1040 /*
1041 ** Set the Pager.xGet method for the appropriate routine used to fetch
1042 ** content from the pager.
1043 */
1044 static void setGetterMethod(Pager *pPager){
1045   if( pPager->errCode ){
1046     pPager->xGet = getPageError;
1047 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
1048   }else if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){
1049     pPager->xGet = getPageMMap;
1050 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
1051   }else{
1052     pPager->xGet = getPageNormal;
1053   }
1054 }
1055 
1056 /*
1057 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal.
1058 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one
1059 ** or more open savepoints for which:
1060 **
1061 **   * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and
1062 **   * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in
1063 **     PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint.
1064 */
1065 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1066   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1067   PagerSavepoint *p;
1068   Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;
1069   int i;
1070   for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
1071     p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i];
1072     if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){
1073       return 1;
1074     }
1075   }
1076   return 0;
1077 }
1078 
1079 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
1080 /*
1081 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file.
1082 */
1083 static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){
1084   return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
1085 }
1086 #endif
1087 
1088 /*
1089 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor.  Store the integer
1090 ** that is read in *pRes.  Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
1091 ** error code is something goes wrong.
1092 **
1093 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
1094 */
1095 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){
1096   unsigned char ac[4];
1097   int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset);
1098   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
1099     *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
1100   }
1101   return rc;
1102 }
1103 
1104 /*
1105 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
1106 */
1107 #define put32bits(A,B)  sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
1108 
1109 
1110 /*
1111 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor.  Return SQLITE_OK
1112 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
1113 */
1114 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
1115   char ac[4];
1116   put32bits(ac, val);
1117   return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset);
1118 }
1119 
1120 /*
1121 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK
1122 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock()
1123 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
1124 **
1125 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1126 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of
1127 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
1128 */
1129 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1130   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1131 
1132   assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock );
1133   assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK );
1134   assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
1135   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
1136     assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock );
1137     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1138     if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1139       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1140     }
1141     IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1142   }
1143   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; /* ticket fb3b3024ea238d5c */
1144   return rc;
1145 }
1146 
1147 /*
1148 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
1149 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
1150 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state.
1151 **
1152 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1153 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
1154 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation
1155 ** of this.
1156 */
1157 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1158   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1159 
1160   assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
1161   if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1162     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1163     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){
1164       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1165       IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1166     }
1167   }
1168   return rc;
1169 }
1170 
1171 /*
1172 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write or
1173 ** atomic-batch-write optimizations can be used with this pager. The
1174 ** atomic-write optimization can be used if:
1175 **
1176 **  (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
1177 **      a database page may be written atomically, and
1178 **  (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
1179 **      to the page size.
1180 **
1181 ** If it can be used, then the value returned is the size of the journal
1182 ** file when it contains rollback data for exactly one page.
1183 **
1184 ** The atomic-batch-write optimization can be used if OsDeviceCharacteristics()
1185 ** returns a value with the SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC bit set. -1 is
1186 ** returned in this case.
1187 **
1188 ** If neither optimization can be used, 0 is returned.
1189 */
1190 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
1191   assert( !MEMDB );
1192 
1193 #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE) \
1194  || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE)
1195   int dc;                           /* Device characteristics */
1196 
1197   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
1198   dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
1199 #else
1200   UNUSED_PARAMETER(pPager);
1201 #endif
1202 
1203 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
1204   if( pPager->dbSize>0 && (dc&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) ){
1205     return -1;
1206   }
1207 #endif
1208 
1209 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
1210   {
1211     int nSector = pPager->sectorSize;
1212     int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
1213 
1214     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
1215     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
1216     if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){
1217       return 0;
1218     }
1219   }
1220 
1221   return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
1222 #endif
1223 
1224   return 0;
1225 }
1226 
1227 /*
1228 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
1229 ** on the cache using a hash function.  This is used for testing
1230 ** and debugging only.
1231 */
1232 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1233 /*
1234 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
1235 */
1236 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
1237   u32 hash = 0;
1238   int i;
1239   for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){
1240     hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i];
1241   }
1242   return hash;
1243 }
1244 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1245   return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData);
1246 }
1247 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1248   pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage);
1249 }
1250 
1251 /*
1252 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1253 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
1254 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
1255 */
1256 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
1257 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1258   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1259   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1260   assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
1261 }
1262 
1263 #else
1264 #define pager_datahash(X,Y)  0
1265 #define pager_pagehash(X)  0
1266 #define pager_set_pagehash(X)
1267 #define CHECK_PAGE(x)
1268 #endif  /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
1269 
1270 /*
1271 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
1272 ** This function attempts to read a super-journal file name from the
1273 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied
1274 ** by the caller. See comments above writeSuperJournal() for the format
1275 ** used to store a super-journal file name at the end of a journal file.
1276 **
1277 ** zSuper must point to a buffer of at least nSuper bytes allocated by
1278 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
1279 ** enough space to write the super-journal name). If the super-journal
1280 ** name in the journal is longer than nSuper bytes (including a
1281 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no super-journal name
1282 ** were present in the journal.
1283 **
1284 ** If a super-journal file name is present at the end of the journal
1285 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zSuper. A
1286 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the
1287 ** super-journal file name.
1288 **
1289 ** If it is determined that no super-journal file name is present
1290 ** zSuper[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
1291 **
1292 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
1293 ** error code is returned.
1294 */
1295 static int readSuperJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zSuper, u32 nSuper){
1296   int rc;                    /* Return code */
1297   u32 len;                   /* Length in bytes of super-journal name */
1298   i64 szJ;                   /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
1299   u32 cksum;                 /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
1300   u32 u;                     /* Unsigned loop counter */
1301   unsigned char aMagic[8];   /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1302   zSuper[0] = '\0';
1303 
1304   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
1305    || szJ<16
1306    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
1307    || len>=nSuper
1308    || len>szJ-16
1309    || len==0
1310    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
1311    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
1312    || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
1313    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zSuper, len, szJ-16-len))
1314   ){
1315     return rc;
1316   }
1317 
1318   /* See if the checksum matches the super-journal name */
1319   for(u=0; u<len; u++){
1320     cksum -= zSuper[u];
1321   }
1322   if( cksum ){
1323     /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
1324     ** containing the super-journal filename is corrupted. This means
1325     ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
1326     ** super-journal filename.
1327     */
1328     len = 0;
1329   }
1330   zSuper[len] = '\0';
1331   zSuper[len+1] = '\0';
1332 
1333   return SQLITE_OK;
1334 }
1335 
1336 /*
1337 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately
1338 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector
1339 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
1340 **
1341 ** i.e for a sector size of 512:
1342 **
1343 **   Pager.journalOff          Return value
1344 **   ---------------------------------------
1345 **   0                         0
1346 **   512                       512
1347 **   100                       512
1348 **   2000                      2048
1349 **
1350 */
1351 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
1352   i64 offset = 0;
1353   i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
1354   if( c ){
1355     offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1356   }
1357   assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
1358   assert( offset>=c );
1359   assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
1360   return offset;
1361 }
1362 
1363 /*
1364 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called.
1365 **
1366 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to
1367 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0).
1368 **
1369 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
1370 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
1371 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case,
1372 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately
1373 ** after writing or truncating it.
1374 **
1375 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
1376 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the
1377 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
1378 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
1379 ** not need to be synced following this operation.
1380 **
1381 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code.
1382 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK.
1383 */
1384 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
1385   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                               /* Return code */
1386   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1387   assert( !sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) );
1388   if( pPager->journalOff ){
1389     const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit;    /* Local cache of jsl */
1390 
1391     IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager))
1392     if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){
1393       rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
1394     }else{
1395       static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0};
1396       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
1397     }
1398     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
1399       rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags);
1400     }
1401 
1402     /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock
1403     ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for
1404     ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
1405     ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
1406     ** to sync the file following this operation.
1407     */
1408     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){
1409       i64 sz;
1410       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz);
1411       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){
1412         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit);
1413       }
1414     }
1415   }
1416   return rc;
1417 }
1418 
1419 /*
1420 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
1421 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
1422 ** current location.
1423 **
1424 ** The format for the journal header is as follows:
1425 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
1426 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
1427 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
1428 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
1429 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
1430 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
1431 **
1432 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
1433 */
1434 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
1435   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                 /* Return code */
1436   char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace;  /* Temporary space used to build header */
1437   u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
1438   u32 nWrite;                         /* Bytes of header sector written */
1439   int ii;                             /* Loop counter */
1440 
1441   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1442 
1443   if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
1444     nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1445   }
1446 
1447   /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created
1448   ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the
1449   ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
1450   */
1451   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1452     if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){
1453       pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff;
1454     }
1455   }
1456 
1457   pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1458 
1459   /*
1460   ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
1461   ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
1462   ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced,
1463   ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
1464   ** of records (see syncJournal()).
1465   **
1466   ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
1467   ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
1468   ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
1469   ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal
1470   ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
1471   ** where this risk can be ignored:
1472   **
1473   **   * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
1474   **     power failure in this case anyway.
1475   **
1476   **   * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
1477   **     that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
1478   */
1479   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
1480   if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
1481    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND)
1482   ){
1483     memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
1484     put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
1485   }else{
1486     memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4);
1487   }
1488 
1489   /* The random check-hash initializer */
1490   sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
1491   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
1492   /* The initial database size */
1493   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize);
1494   /* The assumed sector size for this process */
1495   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);
1496 
1497   /* The page size */
1498   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize);
1499 
1500   /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary.  Everything
1501   ** works find if the following memset() is omitted.  But initializing
1502   ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to
1503   ** take the performance hit.
1504   */
1505   memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0,
1506          nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20));
1507 
1508   /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the
1509   ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the
1510   ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next
1511   ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
1512   ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
1513   **
1514   ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can
1515   ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
1516   ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of
1517   ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
1518   ** is done.
1519   **
1520   ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the
1521   ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
1522   ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
1523   ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
1524   */
1525   for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
1526     IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
1527     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
1528     assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1529     pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
1530   }
1531 
1532   return rc;
1533 }
1534 
1535 /*
1536 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
1537 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
1538 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
1539 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
1540 ** a description of the journal header format.
1541 **
1542 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
1543 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
1544 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
1545 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
1546 ** in this case.
1547 **
1548 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
1549 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined.  If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
1550 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
1551 */
1552 static int readJournalHdr(
1553   Pager *pPager,               /* Pager object */
1554   int isHot,
1555   i64 journalSize,             /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */
1556   u32 *pNRec,                  /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */
1557   u32 *pDbSize                 /* OUT: Value of original database size field */
1558 ){
1559   int rc;                      /* Return code */
1560   unsigned char aMagic[8];     /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1561   i64 iHdrOff;                 /* Offset of journal header being read */
1562 
1563   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1564 
1565   /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
1566   ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
1567   ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
1568   */
1569   pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1570   if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
1571     return SQLITE_DONE;
1572   }
1573   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1574 
1575   /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
1576   ** the  magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
1577   ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
1578   ** proceed.
1579   */
1580   if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){
1581     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff);
1582     if( rc ){
1583       return rc;
1584     }
1585     if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
1586       return SQLITE_DONE;
1587     }
1588   }
1589 
1590   /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
1591   ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
1592   ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
1593   */
1594   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec))
1595    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit))
1596    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize))
1597   ){
1598     return rc;
1599   }
1600 
1601   if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
1602     u32 iPageSize;               /* Page-size field of journal header */
1603     u32 iSectorSize;             /* Sector-size field of journal header */
1604 
1605     /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
1606     if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize))
1607      || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize))
1608     ){
1609       return rc;
1610     }
1611 
1612     /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the
1613     ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize
1614     ** variable is already set to the correct page size.
1615     */
1616     if( iPageSize==0 ){
1617       iPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
1618     }
1619 
1620     /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
1621     ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
1622     ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their
1623     ** respective compile time maximum limits.
1624     */
1625     if( iPageSize<512                  || iSectorSize<32
1626      || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
1627      || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0   || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0
1628     ){
1629       /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is
1630       ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have
1631       ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading
1632       ** the journal file here.
1633       */
1634       return SQLITE_DONE;
1635     }
1636 
1637     /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal.
1638     ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within
1639     ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
1640     */
1641     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1);
1642     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
1643 
1644     /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by
1645     ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
1646     ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
1647     ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
1648     ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
1649     */
1650     pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize;
1651   }
1652 
1653   pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1654   return rc;
1655 }
1656 
1657 
1658 /*
1659 ** Write the supplied super-journal name into the journal file for pager
1660 ** pPager at the current location. The super-journal name must be the last
1661 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
1662 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
1663 ** anything is written. The format is:
1664 **
1665 **   + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
1666 **   + N bytes: super-journal filename in utf-8.
1667 **   + 4 bytes: N (length of super-journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
1668 **   + 4 bytes: super-journal name checksum.
1669 **   + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
1670 **
1671 ** The super-journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in thesuper-journal
1672 ** name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
1673 **
1674 ** If zSuper is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction),
1675 ** this call is a no-op.
1676 */
1677 static int writeSuperJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zSuper){
1678   int rc;                          /* Return code */
1679   int nSuper;                      /* Length of string zSuper */
1680   i64 iHdrOff;                     /* Offset of header in journal file */
1681   i64 jrnlSize;                    /* Size of journal file on disk */
1682   u32 cksum = 0;                   /* Checksum of string zSuper */
1683 
1684   assert( pPager->setSuper==0 );
1685   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
1686 
1687   if( !zSuper
1688    || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
1689    || !isOpen(pPager->jfd)
1690   ){
1691     return SQLITE_OK;
1692   }
1693   pPager->setSuper = 1;
1694   assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1695 
1696   /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zSuper */
1697   for(nSuper=0; zSuper[nSuper]; nSuper++){
1698     cksum += zSuper[nSuper];
1699   }
1700 
1701   /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
1702   ** the super-journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
1703   ** the journal has already been synced.
1704   */
1705   if( pPager->fullSync ){
1706     pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1707   }
1708   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1709 
1710   /* Write the super-journal data to the end of the journal file. If
1711   ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
1712   */
1713   if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager))))
1714    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zSuper, nSuper, iHdrOff+4)))
1715    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nSuper, nSuper)))
1716    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nSuper+4, cksum)))
1717    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8,
1718                                  iHdrOff+4+nSuper+8)))
1719   ){
1720     return rc;
1721   }
1722   pPager->journalOff += (nSuper+20);
1723 
1724   /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical
1725   ** journal-file may extend past the end of the super-journal name
1726   ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is
1727   ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
1728   ** will not be able to find the super-journal name to determine
1729   ** whether or not the journal is hot.
1730   **
1731   ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal
1732   ** file to the required size.
1733   */
1734   if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))
1735    && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
1736   ){
1737     rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
1738   }
1739   return rc;
1740 }
1741 
1742 /*
1743 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
1744 */
1745 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
1746   pPager->iDataVersion++;
1747   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
1748   sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
1749 }
1750 
1751 /*
1752 ** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value
1753 */
1754 u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){
1755   return pPager->iDataVersion;
1756 }
1757 
1758 /*
1759 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
1760 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
1761 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
1762 */
1763 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){
1764   int ii;               /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
1765   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1766     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
1767   }
1768   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){
1769     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd);
1770   }
1771   sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint);
1772   pPager->aSavepoint = 0;
1773   pPager->nSavepoint = 0;
1774   pPager->nSubRec = 0;
1775 }
1776 
1777 /*
1778 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint
1779 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
1780 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
1781 */
1782 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
1783   int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
1784   int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Result code */
1785 
1786   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1787     PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii];
1788     if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){
1789       rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno);
1790       testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1791       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1792     }
1793   }
1794   return rc;
1795 }
1796 
1797 /*
1798 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not
1799 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN
1800 ** state.
1801 **
1802 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is
1803 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does
1804 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
1805 ** closed (if it is open).
1806 **
1807 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the
1808 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to
1809 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
1810 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
1811 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
1812 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection).
1813 */
1814 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
1815 
1816   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER
1817        || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN
1818        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
1819   );
1820 
1821   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
1822   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
1823   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
1824 
1825   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
1826     assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1827     sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
1828     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1829   }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
1830     int rc;                       /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */
1831     int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0;
1832 
1833     /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then
1834     ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock.  Otherwise
1835     ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file
1836     ** out from under us.
1837     */
1838     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   & 5)!=1 );
1839     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      & 5)!=1 );
1840     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      & 5)!=1 );
1841     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   & 5)!=1 );
1842     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
1843     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  & 5)==1 );
1844     if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN)
1845      || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5)
1846     ){
1847       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1848     }
1849 
1850     /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database
1851     ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment
1852     ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this
1853     ** is necessary.
1854     */
1855     rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK);
1856     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){
1857       pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK;
1858     }
1859 
1860     /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here
1861     ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error
1862     ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below.
1863     */
1864     assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1865     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1866   }
1867 
1868   /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
1869   ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager,
1870   ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both
1871   ** normal and exclusive-locking mode.
1872   */
1873   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1874   if( pPager->errCode ){
1875     if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){
1876       pager_reset(pPager);
1877       pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
1878       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1879     }else{
1880       pPager->eState = (isOpen(pPager->jfd) ? PAGER_OPEN : PAGER_READER);
1881     }
1882     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
1883     pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
1884     setGetterMethod(pPager);
1885   }
1886 
1887   pPager->journalOff = 0;
1888   pPager->journalHdr = 0;
1889   pPager->setSuper = 0;
1890 }
1891 
1892 /*
1893 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
1894 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
1895 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second
1896 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The
1897 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function.
1898 **
1899 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
1900 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
1901 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
1902 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
1903 **
1904 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache
1905 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding
1906 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
1907 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
1908 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
1909 ** it were a hot-journal).
1910 */
1911 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
1912   int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
1913   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1914   assert(
1915        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL ||
1916        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ||
1917        (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
1918   );
1919   if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){
1920     pPager->errCode = rc;
1921     pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
1922     setGetterMethod(pPager);
1923   }
1924   return rc;
1925 }
1926 
1927 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage);
1928 
1929 /*
1930 ** The write transaction open on pPager is being committed (bCommit==1)
1931 ** or rolled back (bCommit==0).
1932 **
1933 ** Return TRUE if and only if all dirty pages should be flushed to disk.
1934 **
1935 ** Rules:
1936 **
1937 **   *  For non-TEMP databases, always sync to disk.  This is necessary
1938 **      for transactions to be durable.
1939 **
1940 **   *  Sync TEMP database only on a COMMIT (not a ROLLBACK) when the backing
1941 **      file has been created already (via a spill on pagerStress()) and
1942 **      when the number of dirty pages in memory exceeds 25% of the total
1943 **      cache size.
1944 */
1945 static int pagerFlushOnCommit(Pager *pPager, int bCommit){
1946   if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) return 1;
1947   if( !bCommit ) return 0;
1948   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ) return 0;
1949   return (sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(pPager->pPCache)>=25);
1950 }
1951 
1952 /*
1953 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by
1954 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called
1955 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
1956 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
1957 ** database transaction.
1958 **
1959 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
1960 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
1961 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
1962 **
1963 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
1964 **
1965 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal
1966 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a
1967 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
1968 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
1969 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
1970 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
1971 **
1972 **   journalMode==MEMORY
1973 **     Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an
1974 **     in-memory journal.
1975 **
1976 **   journalMode==TRUNCATE
1977 **     Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
1978 **
1979 **   journalMode==PERSIST
1980 **     The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
1981 **     the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
1982 **     file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
1983 **
1984 **   journalMode==DELETE
1985 **     The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
1986 **
1987 **     If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
1988 **     the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
1989 **     DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
1990 **     journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
1991 **
1992 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
1993 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is
1994 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
1995 **
1996 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
1997 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
1998 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the
1999 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
2000 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
2001 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
2002 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
2003 ** returned.
2004 */
2005 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasSuper, int bCommit){
2006   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
2007   int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;     /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
2008 
2009   /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction
2010   ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there
2011   ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is
2012   ** held under two circumstances:
2013   **
2014   **   1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
2015   **      eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
2016   **
2017   **   2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE
2018   **      lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
2019   **      read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER
2020   **      and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
2021   */
2022   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2023   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2024   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){
2025     return SQLITE_OK;
2026   }
2027 
2028   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
2029   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0
2030       || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
2031   );
2032   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
2033     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2034 
2035     /* Finalize the journal file. */
2036     if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ){
2037       /* assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); */
2038       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
2039     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){
2040       if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
2041         rc = SQLITE_OK;
2042       }else{
2043         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
2044         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){
2045           /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away.
2046           ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and
2047           ** cause the last transaction to roll back.  See
2048           ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773
2049           */
2050           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
2051         }
2052       }
2053       pPager->journalOff = 0;
2054     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
2055       || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
2056     ){
2057       rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasSuper||pPager->tempFile);
2058       pPager->journalOff = 0;
2059     }else{
2060       /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
2061       ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
2062       ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
2063       ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal.
2064       */
2065       int bDelete = !pPager->tempFile;
2066       assert( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd)==0 );
2067       assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
2068            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
2069            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
2070       );
2071       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
2072       if( bDelete ){
2073         rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->extraSync);
2074       }
2075     }
2076   }
2077 
2078 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
2079   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
2080   if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
2081     PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1);
2082     if( p ){
2083       p->pageHash = 0;
2084       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p);
2085     }
2086   }
2087 #endif
2088 
2089   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
2090   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
2091   pPager->nRec = 0;
2092   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2093     if( MEMDB || pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, bCommit) ){
2094       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
2095     }else{
2096       sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(pPager->pPCache);
2097     }
2098     sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize);
2099   }
2100 
2101   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2102     /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in
2103     ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE
2104     ** lock held on the database file.
2105     */
2106     rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
2107     assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
2108   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){
2109     /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal
2110     ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image.
2111     ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction
2112     ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the
2113     ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum
2114     ** required size.  */
2115     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2116     rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize);
2117   }
2118 
2119   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit ){
2120     rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0);
2121     if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
2122   }
2123 
2124   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode
2125    && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
2126   ){
2127     rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
2128   }
2129   pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
2130   pPager->setSuper = 0;
2131 
2132   return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
2133 }
2134 
2135 /*
2136 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
2137 ** database file.
2138 **
2139 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt
2140 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
2141 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
2142 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this
2143 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next
2144 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one)
2145 ** will roll it back.
2146 **
2147 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
2148 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause
2149 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
2150 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
2151 */
2152 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
2153   if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){
2154     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2155     if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
2156       sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
2157       sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
2158       sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
2159     }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
2160       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
2161       pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
2162     }
2163   }
2164   pager_unlock(pPager);
2165 }
2166 
2167 /*
2168 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
2169 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the
2170 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
2171 **
2172 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the
2173 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
2174 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
2175 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
2176 **
2177 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
2178 ** incompatible journal file format.
2179 **
2180 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely
2181 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.
2182 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
2183 ** correct and the middle be corrupt.  Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
2184 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
2185 */
2186 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
2187   u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit;         /* Checksum value to return */
2188   int i = pPager->pageSize-200;          /* Loop counter */
2189   while( i>0 ){
2190     cksum += aData[i];
2191     i -= 200;
2192   }
2193   return cksum;
2194 }
2195 
2196 /*
2197 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
2198 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
2199 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
2200 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
2201 **
2202 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does
2203 ** not.
2204 **
2205 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
2206 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
2207 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned.
2208 **
2209 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already
2210 ** been played back.  If the page at *pOffset has already been played back
2211 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback.
2212 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set
2213 ** prior to returning.
2214 **
2215 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file
2216 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs
2217 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing
2218 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data
2219 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
2220 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
2221 ** two circumstances:
2222 **
2223 **   * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or
2224 **   * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
2225 **     and the checksum field does not match the record content.
2226 **
2227 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback.
2228 **
2229 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically
2230 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails,
2231 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
2232 */
2233 static int pager_playback_one_page(
2234   Pager *pPager,                /* The pager being played back */
2235   i64 *pOffset,                 /* Offset of record to playback */
2236   Bitvec *pDone,                /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
2237   int isMainJrnl,               /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
2238   int isSavepnt                 /* True for a savepoint rollback */
2239 ){
2240   int rc;
2241   PgHdr *pPg;                   /* An existing page in the cache */
2242   Pgno pgno;                    /* The page number of a page in journal */
2243   u32 cksum;                    /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
2244   char *aData;                  /* Temporary storage for the page */
2245   sqlite3_file *jfd;            /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
2246   int isSynced;                 /* True if journal page is synced */
2247 
2248   assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 );      /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
2249   assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 );       /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
2250   assert( isMainJrnl || pDone );     /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
2251   assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 );   /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */
2252 
2253   aData = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2254   assert( aData );         /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
2255   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) );
2256 
2257   /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction
2258   ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
2259   ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
2260   ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
2261   ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal.
2262   */
2263   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
2264        || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
2265   );
2266   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl );
2267 
2268   /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
2269   ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
2270   */
2271   jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd;
2272   rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno);
2273   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2274   rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4);
2275   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2276   *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4;
2277 
2278   /* Sanity checking on the page.  This is more important that I originally
2279   ** thought.  If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
2280   ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal.  We need to
2281   ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
2282   */
2283   if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
2284     assert( !isSavepnt );
2285     return SQLITE_DONE;
2286   }
2287   if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){
2288     return SQLITE_OK;
2289   }
2290   if( isMainJrnl ){
2291     rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum);
2292     if( rc ) return rc;
2293     if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){
2294       return SQLITE_DONE;
2295     }
2296   }
2297 
2298   /* If this page has already been played back before during the current
2299   ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again.
2300   */
2301   if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){
2302     return rc;
2303   }
2304 
2305   /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting
2306   */
2307   if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){
2308     pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20];
2309   }
2310 
2311   /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this
2312   ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
2313   ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
2314   **
2315   ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
2316   ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
2317   ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
2318   ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
2319   ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
2320   ** assert()able.
2321   **
2322   ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
2323   ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked
2324   ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
2325   ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
2326   ** if the pager is in OPEN state.
2327   **
2328   ** Ticket #1171:  The statement journal might contain page content that is
2329   ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
2330   ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
2331   ** then changed again within the statement.  When rolling back such a
2332   ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
2333   ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
2334   ** journal.  Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
2335   ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
2336   ** restore the database to its original form.  Two conditions must be
2337   ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
2338   ** locked.  (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
2339   ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
2340   ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
2341   **
2342   ** 2008-04-14:  When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
2343   ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
2344   ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
2345   */
2346   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2347     pPg = 0;
2348   }else{
2349     pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
2350   }
2351   assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
2352   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 || pPager->tempFile );
2353   PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
2354            PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData),
2355            (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
2356   ));
2357   if( isMainJrnl ){
2358     isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr);
2359   }else{
2360     isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
2361   }
2362   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2363    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2364    && isSynced
2365   ){
2366     i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2367     testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 );
2368     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2369 
2370     /* Write the data read from the journal back into the database file.
2371     ** This is usually safe even for an encrypted database - as the data
2372     ** was encrypted before it was written to the journal file. The exception
2373     ** is if the data was just read from an in-memory sub-journal. In that
2374     ** case it must be encrypted here before it is copied into the database
2375     ** file.  */
2376     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
2377 
2378     if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
2379       pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
2380     }
2381     if( pPager->pBackup ){
2382       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
2383     }
2384   }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
2385     /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
2386     ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
2387     ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it
2388     ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be
2389     ** current.
2390     **
2391     ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
2392     ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen
2393     ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
2394     ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
2395     **
2396     ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
2397     ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty
2398     ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as
2399     ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
2400     */
2401     assert( isSavepnt );
2402     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 );
2403     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2404     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1);
2405     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 );
2406     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2407     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2408     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
2409   }
2410   if( pPg ){
2411     /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
2412     ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
2413     ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
2414     ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
2415     ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
2416     */
2417     void *pData;
2418     pData = pPg->pData;
2419     memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize);
2420     pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
2421     /* It used to be that sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg) was called here.  But
2422     ** that call was dangerous and had no detectable benefit since the cache
2423     ** is normally cleaned by sqlite3PcacheCleanAll() after rollback and so
2424     ** has been removed. */
2425     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
2426 
2427     /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
2428     ** Do this before any decoding. */
2429     if( pgno==1 ){
2430       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2431     }
2432     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
2433   }
2434   return rc;
2435 }
2436 
2437 /*
2438 ** Parameter zSuper is the name of a super-journal file. A single journal
2439 ** file that referred to the super-journal file has just been rolled back.
2440 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the super-journal file,
2441 ** and does so if it is.
2442 **
2443 ** Argument zSuper may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not
2444 ** available for use within this function.
2445 **
2446 ** When a super-journal file is created, it is populated with the names
2447 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8
2448 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a
2449 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a super-journal
2450 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
2451 **
2452 **   "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
2453 **
2454 ** A super-journal file may only be deleted once all of its child
2455 ** journals have been rolled back.
2456 **
2457 ** This function reads the contents of the super-journal file into
2458 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
2459 ** each child journal, it checks if:
2460 **
2461 **   * if the child journal exists, and if so
2462 **   * if the child journal contains a reference to super-journal
2463 **     file zSuper
2464 **
2465 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
2466 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
2467 ** no such child journal can be found, file zSuper is deleted from
2468 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
2469 **
2470 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
2471 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
2472 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors
2473 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2474 **
2475 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
2476 ** the entire contents of the super-journal file. This could be
2477 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page
2478 ** size.
2479 */
2480 static int pager_delsuper(Pager *pPager, const char *zSuper){
2481   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2482   int rc;                   /* Return code */
2483   sqlite3_file *pSuper;     /* Malloc'd super-journal file descriptor */
2484   sqlite3_file *pJournal;   /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
2485   char *zSuperJournal = 0;  /* Contents of super-journal file */
2486   i64 nSuperJournal;        /* Size of super-journal file */
2487   char *zJournal;           /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
2488   char *zSuperPtr;          /* Space to hold super-journal filename */
2489   char *zFree = 0;          /* Free this buffer */
2490   int nSuperPtr;            /* Amount of space allocated to zSuperPtr[] */
2491 
2492   /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pSuper file descriptors.
2493   ** If successful, open the super-journal file for reading.
2494   */
2495   pSuper = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
2496   if( !pSuper ){
2497     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
2498     pJournal = 0;
2499   }else{
2500     const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL);
2501     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zSuper, pSuper, flags, 0);
2502     pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pSuper) + pVfs->szOsFile);
2503   }
2504   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delsuper_out;
2505 
2506   /* Load the entire super-journal file into space obtained from
2507   ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zSuperJournal.   Also obtain
2508   ** sufficient space (in zSuperPtr) to hold the names of super-journal
2509   ** files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
2510   */
2511   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pSuper, &nSuperJournal);
2512   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delsuper_out;
2513   nSuperPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
2514   zFree = sqlite3Malloc(4 + nSuperJournal + nSuperPtr + 2);
2515   if( !zFree ){
2516     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
2517     goto delsuper_out;
2518   }
2519   zFree[0] = zFree[1] = zFree[2] = zFree[3] = 0;
2520   zSuperJournal = &zFree[4];
2521   zSuperPtr = &zSuperJournal[nSuperJournal+2];
2522   rc = sqlite3OsRead(pSuper, zSuperJournal, (int)nSuperJournal, 0);
2523   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delsuper_out;
2524   zSuperJournal[nSuperJournal] = 0;
2525   zSuperJournal[nSuperJournal+1] = 0;
2526 
2527   zJournal = zSuperJournal;
2528   while( (zJournal-zSuperJournal)<nSuperJournal ){
2529     int exists;
2530     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
2531     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2532       goto delsuper_out;
2533     }
2534     if( exists ){
2535       /* One of the journals pointed to by the super-journal exists.
2536       ** Open it and check if it points at the super-journal. If
2537       ** so, return without deleting the super-journal file.
2538       ** NB:  zJournal is really a MAIN_JOURNAL.  But call it a
2539       ** SUPER_JOURNAL here so that the VFS will not send the zJournal
2540       ** name into sqlite3_database_file_object().
2541       */
2542       int c;
2543       int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL);
2544       rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
2545       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2546         goto delsuper_out;
2547       }
2548 
2549       rc = readSuperJournal(pJournal, zSuperPtr, nSuperPtr);
2550       sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
2551       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2552         goto delsuper_out;
2553       }
2554 
2555       c = zSuperPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zSuperPtr, zSuper)==0;
2556       if( c ){
2557         /* We have a match. Do not delete the super-journal file. */
2558         goto delsuper_out;
2559       }
2560     }
2561     zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
2562   }
2563 
2564   sqlite3OsClose(pSuper);
2565   rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zSuper, 0);
2566 
2567 delsuper_out:
2568   sqlite3_free(zFree);
2569   if( pSuper ){
2570     sqlite3OsClose(pSuper);
2571     assert( !isOpen(pJournal) );
2572     sqlite3_free(pSuper);
2573   }
2574   return rc;
2575 }
2576 
2577 
2578 /*
2579 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database
2580 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
2581 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
2582 **
2583 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
2584 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size
2585 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes).
2586 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
2587 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
2588 **
2589 ** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than
2590 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if
2591 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it
2592 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to
2593 ** the end of the new file instead.
2594 **
2595 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
2596 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
2597 */
2598 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
2599   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
2600   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2601   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER );
2602 
2603   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2604    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2605   ){
2606     i64 currentSize, newSize;
2607     int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
2608     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2609     /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
2610     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &currentSize);
2611     newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage;
2612     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
2613       if( currentSize>newSize ){
2614         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
2615       }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){
2616         char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2617         memset(pTmp, 0, szPage);
2618         testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize );
2619         testcase( (newSize-szPage) >  currentSize );
2620         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage);
2621       }
2622       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2623         pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
2624       }
2625     }
2626   }
2627   return rc;
2628 }
2629 
2630 /*
2631 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The
2632 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2633 */
2634 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
2635   int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile);
2636   if( iRet<32 ){
2637     iRet = 512;
2638   }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){
2639     assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 );
2640     iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE;
2641   }
2642   return iRet;
2643 }
2644 
2645 /*
2646 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
2647 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
2648 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used
2649 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and
2650 ** super-journal pointers within created journal files.
2651 **
2652 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
2653 **
2654 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
2655 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
2656 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
2657 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2658 **
2659 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set
2660 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512).  The purpose of
2661 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that
2662 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in
2663 ** that range.  But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero
2664 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector
2665 ** size.  For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format,
2666 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512.
2667 */
2668 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
2669   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
2670 
2671   if( pPager->tempFile
2672    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) &
2673               SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0
2674   ){
2675     /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
2676     ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
2677     ** call will segfault. */
2678     pPager->sectorSize = 512;
2679   }else{
2680     pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd);
2681   }
2682 }
2683 
2684 /*
2685 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
2686 ** the state it was in before we started making changes.
2687 **
2688 ** The journal file format is as follows:
2689 **
2690 **  (1)  8 byte prefix.  A copy of aJournalMagic[].
2691 **  (2)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
2692 **       in the journal.  If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
2693 **       number of page records from the journal size.
2694 **  (3)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the
2695 **       sanity checksum.
2696 **  (4)  4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
2697 **       database to during a rollback.
2698 **  (5)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size.  The header
2699 **       is this many bytes in size.
2700 **  (6)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size.
2701 **  (7)  zero padding out to the next sector size.
2702 **  (8)  Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
2703 **        +  4 byte page number.
2704 **        +  pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
2705 **        +  4 byte checksum
2706 **
2707 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above.
2708 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item.
2709 **
2710 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec".  nRec is the number of
2711 ** valid page entries in the journal.  In most cases, you can compute the
2712 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file.  But if a power
2713 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
2714 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
2715 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk.  In such a case,
2716 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large.  For
2717 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
2718 **
2719 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
2720 ** from the file size.  This value is used when the user selects the
2721 ** no-sync option for the journal.  A power failure could lead to corruption
2722 ** in this case.  But for things like temporary table (which will be
2723 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.
2724 **
2725 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
2726 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
2727 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
2728 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
2729 ** been encountered.
2730 **
2731 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
2732 ** and an error code is returned.
2733 **
2734 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
2735 ** that might be a hot journal.  Or, it could be that the journal is
2736 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
2737 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
2738 ** back any content.  If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
2739 ** needed.
2740 */
2741 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
2742   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2743   i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
2744   u32 nRec;                /* Number of Records in the journal */
2745   u32 u;                   /* Unsigned loop counter */
2746   Pgno mxPg = 0;           /* Size of the original file in pages */
2747   int rc;                  /* Result code of a subroutine */
2748   int res = 1;             /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
2749   char *zSuper = 0;        /* Name of super-journal file if any */
2750   int needPagerReset;      /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
2751   int nPlayback = 0;       /* Total number of pages restored from journal */
2752   u32 savedPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
2753 
2754   /* Figure out how many records are in the journal.  Abort early if
2755   ** the journal is empty.
2756   */
2757   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
2758   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
2759   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2760     goto end_playback;
2761   }
2762 
2763   /* Read the super-journal name from the journal, if it is present.
2764   ** If a super-journal file name is specified, but the file is not
2765   ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
2766   ** played back.
2767   **
2768   ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that
2769   ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that
2770   ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c,
2771   ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
2772   ** for pageSize.
2773   */
2774   zSuper = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2775   rc = readSuperJournal(pPager->jfd, zSuper, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2776   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zSuper[0] ){
2777     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zSuper, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
2778   }
2779   zSuper = 0;
2780   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
2781     goto end_playback;
2782   }
2783   pPager->journalOff = 0;
2784   needPagerReset = isHot;
2785 
2786   /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or
2787   ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error
2788   ** occurs.
2789   */
2790   while( 1 ){
2791     /* Read the next journal header from the journal file.  If there are
2792     ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
2793     ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it.
2794     ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
2795     */
2796     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
2797     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2798       if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2799         rc = SQLITE_OK;
2800       }
2801       goto end_playback;
2802     }
2803 
2804     /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
2805     ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
2806     ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
2807     ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
2808     */
2809     if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
2810       assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
2811       nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2812     }
2813 
2814     /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
2815     ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
2816     ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
2817     ** synced to disk.  Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
2818     ** size of the file.
2819     **
2820     ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
2821     ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next
2822     ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back.  But
2823     ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
2824     ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
2825     ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages
2826     ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
2827     */
2828     if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
2829         pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
2830       nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2831     }
2832 
2833     /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
2834     ** database file back to its original size.
2835     */
2836     if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
2837       rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
2838       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2839         goto end_playback;
2840       }
2841       pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
2842     }
2843 
2844     /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the
2845     ** database file and/or page cache.
2846     */
2847     for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
2848       if( needPagerReset ){
2849         pager_reset(pPager);
2850         needPagerReset = 0;
2851       }
2852       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0);
2853       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2854         nPlayback++;
2855       }else{
2856         if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2857           pPager->journalOff = szJ;
2858           break;
2859         }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2860           /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and
2861           ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was
2862           ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash.  In that
2863           ** case, the database should have never been written in the
2864           ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */
2865           rc = SQLITE_OK;
2866           goto end_playback;
2867         }else{
2868           /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
2869           ** code.  This will cause the pager to enter the error state
2870           ** so that no further harm will be done.  Perhaps the next
2871           ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database.
2872           */
2873           goto end_playback;
2874         }
2875       }
2876     }
2877   }
2878   /*NOTREACHED*/
2879   assert( 0 );
2880 
2881 end_playback:
2882   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2883     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &savedPageSize, -1);
2884   }
2885   /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
2886   ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
2887   ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
2888   ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
2889   */
2890 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
2891   sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0);
2892 #endif
2893 
2894   /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or
2895   ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but
2896   ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter
2897   ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive
2898   ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
2899   ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
2900   ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
2901   ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now.
2902   */
2903   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
2904 
2905   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2906     /* Leave 4 bytes of space before the super-journal filename in memory.
2907     ** This is because it may end up being passed to sqlite3OsOpen(), in
2908     ** which case it requires 4 0x00 bytes in memory immediately before
2909     ** the filename. */
2910     zSuper = &pPager->pTmpSpace[4];
2911     rc = readSuperJournal(pPager->jfd, zSuper, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2912     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2913   }
2914   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
2915    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2916   ){
2917     rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0);
2918   }
2919   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2920     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zSuper[0]!='\0', 0);
2921     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2922   }
2923   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zSuper[0] && res ){
2924     /* If there was a super-journal and this routine will return success,
2925     ** see if it is possible to delete the super-journal.
2926     */
2927     assert( zSuper==&pPager->pTmpSpace[4] );
2928     memset(&zSuper[-4], 0, 4);
2929     rc = pager_delsuper(pPager, zSuper);
2930     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2931   }
2932   if( isHot && nPlayback ){
2933     sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s",
2934                 nPlayback, pPager->zJournal);
2935   }
2936 
2937   /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
2938   ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
2939   ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
2940   */
2941   setSectorSize(pPager);
2942   return rc;
2943 }
2944 
2945 
2946 /*
2947 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file (or out of
2948 ** the WAL if that is where the most recent copy if found) into
2949 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
2950 ** file before this function is called.
2951 **
2952 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
2953 ** the value read from the database file.
2954 **
2955 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
2956 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2957 */
2958 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg){
2959   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
2960   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
2961 
2962 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
2963   u32 iFrame = 0;              /* Frame of WAL containing pgno */
2964 
2965   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB );
2966   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
2967 
2968   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2969     rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame);
2970     if( rc ) return rc;
2971   }
2972   if( iFrame ){
2973     rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame,pPager->pageSize,pPg->pData);
2974   }else
2975 #endif
2976   {
2977     i64 iOffset = (pPg->pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2978     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pPager->pageSize, iOffset);
2979     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2980       rc = SQLITE_OK;
2981     }
2982   }
2983 
2984   if( pPg->pgno==1 ){
2985     if( rc ){
2986       /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something
2987       ** that will never be a valid file version.  dbFileVers[] is a copy
2988       ** of bytes 24..39 of the database.  Bytes 28..31 should always be
2989       ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39
2990       ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff.  So filling
2991       ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice.
2992       **
2993       ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex:  bytes
2994       ** 24..39 of the database are white noise.  But the probability of
2995       ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so
2996       ** we should still be ok.
2997       */
2998       memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2999     }else{
3000       u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24];
3001       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
3002     }
3003   }
3004   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
3005   PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
3006   IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno));
3007   PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
3008                PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)));
3009 
3010   return rc;
3011 }
3012 
3013 /*
3014 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in
3015 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96.
3016 **
3017 ** This is an unconditional update.  See also the pager_incr_changecounter()
3018 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually
3019 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable.
3020 */
3021 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){
3022   u32 change_counter;
3023 
3024   /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
3025   change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1;
3026   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter);
3027 
3028   /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in
3029   ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number
3030   ** is valid. */
3031   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter);
3032   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER);
3033 }
3034 
3035 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3036 /*
3037 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been
3038 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
3039 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument
3040 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
3041 **
3042 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
3043 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
3044 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
3045 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails,
3046 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
3047 */
3048 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){
3049   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3050   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx;
3051   PgHdr *pPg;
3052 
3053   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3054   pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg);
3055   if( pPg ){
3056     if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){
3057       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
3058     }else{
3059       rc = readDbPage(pPg);
3060       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3061         pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
3062       }
3063       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
3064     }
3065   }
3066 
3067   /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are
3068   ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
3069   ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
3070   ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
3071   ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore
3072   ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
3073   ** the backups must be restarted.
3074   */
3075   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
3076 
3077   return rc;
3078 }
3079 
3080 /*
3081 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database.
3082 */
3083 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){
3084   int rc;                         /* Return Code */
3085   PgHdr *pList;                   /* List of dirty pages to revert */
3086 
3087   /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
3088   ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the
3089   ** following:
3090   **
3091   **   + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
3092   **   + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0).
3093   */
3094   pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
3095   rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager);
3096   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3097   while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3098     PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
3099     rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno);
3100     pList = pNext;
3101   }
3102 
3103   return rc;
3104 }
3105 
3106 /*
3107 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
3108 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
3109 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
3110 ** changed.
3111 **
3112 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
3113 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
3114 */
3115 static int pagerWalFrames(
3116   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
3117   PgHdr *pList,                   /* List of frames to log */
3118   Pgno nTruncate,                 /* Database size after this commit */
3119   int isCommit                    /* True if this is a commit */
3120 ){
3121   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3122   int nList;                      /* Number of pages in pList */
3123   PgHdr *p;                       /* For looping over pages */
3124 
3125   assert( pPager->pWal );
3126   assert( pList );
3127 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
3128   /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */
3129   for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){
3130     assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno );
3131   }
3132 #endif
3133 
3134   assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit );
3135   if( isCommit ){
3136     /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing
3137     ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file.
3138     ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty
3139     ** list here. */
3140     PgHdr **ppNext = &pList;
3141     nList = 0;
3142     for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){
3143       if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){
3144         ppNext = &p->pDirty;
3145         nList++;
3146       }
3147     }
3148     assert( pList );
3149   }else{
3150     nList = 1;
3151   }
3152   pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList;
3153 
3154   if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
3155   rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal,
3156       pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags
3157   );
3158   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){
3159     for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3160       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData);
3161     }
3162   }
3163 
3164 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
3165   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3166   for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3167     pager_set_pagehash(p);
3168   }
3169 #endif
3170 
3171   return rc;
3172 }
3173 
3174 /*
3175 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL.
3176 **
3177 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially
3178 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves
3179 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by
3180 ** other writers or checkpointers.
3181 */
3182 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){
3183   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3184   int changed = 0;                /* True if cache must be reset */
3185 
3186   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3187   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
3188 
3189   /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous
3190   ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.  So call it now.  If we
3191   ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called,
3192   ** the duplicate call is harmless.
3193   */
3194   sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
3195 
3196   rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed);
3197   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){
3198     pager_reset(pPager);
3199     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
3200   }
3201 
3202   return rc;
3203 }
3204 #endif
3205 
3206 /*
3207 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN
3208 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file
3209 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize).
3210 **
3211 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database
3212 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps
3213 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified.
3214 */
3215 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){
3216   Pgno nPage;                     /* Value to return via *pnPage */
3217 
3218   /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize()
3219   ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or
3220   ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not
3221   ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or
3222   ** contains no valid committed transactions.
3223   */
3224   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3225   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3226   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
3227   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
3228   nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal);
3229 
3230   /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the
3231   ** WAL sub-system, determine the page count based on the size of
3232   ** the database file.  If the size of the database file is not an
3233   ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result.
3234   */
3235   if( nPage==0 && ALWAYS(isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){
3236     i64 n = 0;                    /* Size of db file in bytes */
3237     int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n);
3238     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
3239       return rc;
3240     }
3241     nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize);
3242   }
3243 
3244   /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
3245   ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
3246   ** that the file can be read.
3247   */
3248   if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){
3249     pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage;
3250   }
3251 
3252   *pnPage = nPage;
3253   return SQLITE_OK;
3254 }
3255 
3256 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3257 /*
3258 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager
3259 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does
3260 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty.
3261 **
3262 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager
3263 ** in WAL mode.  If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and
3264 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to
3265 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL.
3266 **
3267 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
3268 **
3269 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
3270 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete
3271 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition
3272 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some
3273 ** other connection.
3274 */
3275 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
3276   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3277   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3278   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3279 
3280   if( !pPager->tempFile ){
3281     int isWal;                    /* True if WAL file exists */
3282     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
3283         pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal
3284     );
3285     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3286       if( isWal ){
3287         Pgno nPage;                   /* Size of the database file */
3288 
3289         rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
3290         if( rc ) return rc;
3291         if( nPage==0 ){
3292           rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0);
3293         }else{
3294           testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
3295           rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0);
3296         }
3297       }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
3298         pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE;
3299       }
3300     }
3301   }
3302   return rc;
3303 }
3304 #endif
3305 
3306 /*
3307 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
3308 ** the entire super-journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when
3309 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction
3310 ** savepoint.
3311 **
3312 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is
3313 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
3314 ** performed in the order specified:
3315 **
3316 **   * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
3317 **     offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to
3318 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
3319 **     file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
3320 **
3321 **   * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
3322 **     back starting from the journal header immediately following
3323 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
3324 **
3325 **   * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
3326 **     with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
3327 **     the journal file.
3328 **
3329 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
3330 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
3331 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
3332 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
3333 **
3334 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
3335 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
3336 **
3337 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
3338 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint
3339 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
3340 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
3341 */
3342 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){
3343   i64 szJ;                 /* Effective size of the main journal */
3344   i64 iHdrOff;             /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
3345   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
3346   Bitvec *pDone = 0;       /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
3347 
3348   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
3349   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
3350 
3351   /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
3352   if( pSavepoint ){
3353     pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig);
3354     if( !pDone ){
3355       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
3356     }
3357   }
3358 
3359   /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint
3360   ** being reverted was opened.
3361   */
3362   pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
3363   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
3364 
3365   if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3366     return pagerRollbackWal(pPager);
3367   }
3368 
3369   /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
3370   ** journal.  The actual file might be larger than this in
3371   ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST.  But anything
3372   ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
3373   */
3374   szJ = pPager->journalOff;
3375   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 );
3376 
3377   /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
3378   ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
3379   ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
3380   ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
3381   ** will be skipped automatically.  Pages are added to pDone as they
3382   ** are played back.
3383   */
3384   if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3385     iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ;
3386     pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset;
3387     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){
3388       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3389     }
3390     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3391   }else{
3392     pPager->journalOff = 0;
3393   }
3394 
3395   /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
3396   ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
3397   ** of the main journal file.  Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
3398   ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
3399   */
3400   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){
3401     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3402     u32 nJRec = 0;     /* Number of Journal Records */
3403     u32 dummy;
3404     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy);
3405     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3406 
3407     /*
3408     ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
3409     ** test is related to ticket #2565.  See the discussion in the
3410     ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
3411     */
3412     if( nJRec==0
3413      && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff
3414     ){
3415       nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
3416     }
3417     for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){
3418       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3419     }
3420     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3421   }
3422   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ );
3423 
3424   /* Finally,  rollback pages from the sub-journal.  Page that were
3425   ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
3426   ** will be skipped.  Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
3427   */
3428   if( pSavepoint ){
3429     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3430     i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
3431 
3432     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3433       rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData);
3434     }
3435     for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){
3436       assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) );
3437       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1);
3438     }
3439     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3440   }
3441 
3442   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone);
3443   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3444     pPager->journalOff = szJ;
3445   }
3446 
3447   return rc;
3448 }
3449 
3450 /*
3451 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3452 ** before attempting to recycle clean and unused pages.
3453 */
3454 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3455   sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3456 }
3457 
3458 /*
3459 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3460 ** before attempting to spill pages to journal.
3461 */
3462 int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3463   return sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3464 }
3465 
3466 /*
3467 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap.
3468 */
3469 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){
3470 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
3471   sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
3472   if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
3473     sqlite3_int64 sz;
3474     sz = pPager->szMmap;
3475     pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0);
3476     setGetterMethod(pPager);
3477     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz);
3478   }
3479 #endif
3480 }
3481 
3482 /*
3483 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file.
3484 */
3485 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){
3486   pPager->szMmap = szMmap;
3487   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3488 }
3489 
3490 /*
3491 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager.
3492 */
3493 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){
3494   sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache);
3495 }
3496 
3497 /*
3498 ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter.
3499 **
3500 ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness
3501 ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by
3502 ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals.
3503 ** There are four levels:
3504 **
3505 **    OFF       sqlite3OsSync() is never called.  This is the default
3506 **              for temporary and transient files.
3507 **
3508 **    NORMAL    The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
3509 **              database.  This is normally adequate protection, but
3510 **              it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
3511 **              that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
3512 **              in a state which would cause damage to the database
3513 **              when it is rolled back.
3514 **
3515 **    FULL      The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
3516 **              database (with some additional information - the nRec field
3517 **              of the journal header - being written in between the two
3518 **              syncs).  If we assume that writing a
3519 **              single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
3520 **              assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
3521 **              point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
3522 **
3523 **    EXTRA     This is like FULL except that is also syncs the directory
3524 **              that contains the rollback journal after the rollback
3525 **              journal is unlinked.
3526 **
3527 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode.  For WAL mode, OFF continues
3528 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur.  NORMAL means that the WAL is synced
3529 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced
3530 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL
3531 ** was written back into the database.  But no sync operations occur for
3532 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL.  FULL means that the WAL
3533 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the
3534 ** syncs associated with NORMAL.  There is no difference between FULL
3535 ** and EXTRA for WAL mode.
3536 **
3537 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL.  The
3538 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync
3539 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC).  SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an
3540 ** ordinary fsync() call.  There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
3541 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX.  But the
3542 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when
3543 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms.
3544 **
3545 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
3546 ** and FULL=3.
3547 */
3548 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
3549 void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(
3550   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager to set safety level for */
3551   unsigned pgFlags      /* Various flags */
3552 ){
3553   unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK;
3554   if( pPager->tempFile ){
3555     pPager->noSync = 1;
3556     pPager->fullSync = 0;
3557     pPager->extraSync = 0;
3558   }else{
3559     pPager->noSync =  level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF ?1:0;
3560     pPager->fullSync = level>=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL ?1:0;
3561     pPager->extraSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA ?1:0;
3562   }
3563   if( pPager->noSync ){
3564     pPager->syncFlags = 0;
3565   }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){
3566     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3567   }else{
3568     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3569   }
3570   pPager->walSyncFlags = (pPager->syncFlags<<2);
3571   if( pPager->fullSync ){
3572     pPager->walSyncFlags |= pPager->syncFlags;
3573   }
3574   if( (pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC) && !pPager->noSync ){
3575     pPager->walSyncFlags |= (SQLITE_SYNC_FULL<<2);
3576   }
3577   if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){
3578     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3579   }else{
3580     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3581   }
3582 }
3583 #endif
3584 
3585 /*
3586 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
3587 ** attempts to open a temporary file.  This information is used for
3588 ** testing and analysis only.
3589 */
3590 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3591 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
3592 #endif
3593 
3594 /*
3595 ** Open a temporary file.
3596 **
3597 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success
3598 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically
3599 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
3600 **
3601 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
3602 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following:
3603 **
3604 **     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
3605 **     SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
3606 **     SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
3607 **     SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
3608 */
3609 static int pagerOpentemp(
3610   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager object */
3611   sqlite3_file *pFile,  /* Write the file descriptor here */
3612   int vfsFlags          /* Flags passed through to the VFS */
3613 ){
3614   int rc;               /* Return code */
3615 
3616 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3617   sqlite3_opentemp_count++;  /* Used for testing and analysis only */
3618 #endif
3619 
3620   vfsFlags |=  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
3621             SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
3622   rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0);
3623   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) );
3624   return rc;
3625 }
3626 
3627 /*
3628 ** Set the busy handler function.
3629 **
3630 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns
3631 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
3632 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE
3633 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
3634 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
3635 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
3636 **
3637 **   Transition                        | Invokes xBusyHandler
3638 **   --------------------------------------------------------
3639 **   NO_LOCK       -> SHARED_LOCK      | Yes
3640 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> RESERVED_LOCK    | No
3641 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | No
3642 **   RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | Yes
3643 **
3644 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is
3645 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
3646 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
3647 */
3648 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyHandler(
3649   Pager *pPager,                       /* Pager object */
3650   int (*xBusyHandler)(void *),         /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
3651   void *pBusyHandlerArg                /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
3652 ){
3653   void **ap;
3654   pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler;
3655   pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg;
3656   ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler;
3657   assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler );
3658   assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg );
3659   sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap);
3660 }
3661 
3662 /*
3663 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size
3664 ** is passed in *pPageSize.
3665 **
3666 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
3667 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e.
3668 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
3669 **
3670 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
3671 **
3672 **   * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power
3673 **     of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
3674 **
3675 **   * there are no outstanding page references, and
3676 **
3677 **   * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is
3678 **     an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages.
3679 **
3680 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
3681 **
3682 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc()
3683 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt
3684 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged.
3685 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
3686 **
3687 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
3688 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
3689 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed,
3690 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
3691 */
3692 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){
3693   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3694 
3695   /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this
3696   ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
3697   ** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
3698   **
3699   ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in
3700   ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
3701   ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
3702   ** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
3703   */
3704 
3705   u32 pageSize = *pPageSize;
3706   assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
3707   if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
3708    && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0
3709    && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize
3710   ){
3711     char *pNew = NULL;             /* New temp space */
3712     i64 nByte = 0;
3713 
3714     if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3715       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte);
3716     }
3717     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3718       /* 8 bytes of zeroed overrun space is sufficient so that the b-tree
3719       * cell header parser will never run off the end of the allocation */
3720       pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize+8);
3721       if( !pNew ){
3722         rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
3723       }else{
3724         memset(pNew+pageSize, 0, 8);
3725       }
3726     }
3727 
3728     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3729       pager_reset(pPager);
3730       rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
3731     }
3732     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3733       sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
3734       pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
3735       pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize);
3736       pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
3737     }else{
3738       sqlite3PageFree(pNew);
3739     }
3740   }
3741 
3742   *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
3743   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3744     if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
3745     assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
3746     pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve;
3747     pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3748   }
3749   return rc;
3750 }
3751 
3752 /*
3753 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
3754 ** by the pager.  This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
3755 ** entire content of a database page.  This buffer is used internally
3756 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
3757 ** occurs.  But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
3758 ** no rollbacks are happening.
3759 */
3760 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){
3761   return pPager->pTmpSpace;
3762 }
3763 
3764 /*
3765 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive.
3766 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative.  And never reduce the
3767 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
3768 **
3769 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
3770 */
3771 Pgno sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, Pgno mxPage){
3772   if( mxPage>0 ){
3773     pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
3774   }
3775   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );      /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */
3776   /* assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize ); */
3777   /* OP_MaxPgcnt ensures that the parameter passed to this function is not
3778   ** less than the total number of valid pages in the database. But this
3779   ** may be less than Pager.dbSize, and so the assert() above is not valid */
3780   return pPager->mxPgno;
3781 }
3782 
3783 /*
3784 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
3785 ** I/O error mechanism.  These routines are used to avoid simulated
3786 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
3787 **
3788 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
3789 ** and generate no code.
3790 */
3791 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3792 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3793 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
3794 static int saved_cnt;
3795 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3796   saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3797   sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
3798 }
3799 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3800   sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt;
3801 }
3802 #else
3803 # define disable_simulated_io_errors()
3804 # define enable_simulated_io_errors()
3805 #endif
3806 
3807 /*
3808 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
3809 ** that pDest points to.
3810 **
3811 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
3812 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
3813 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this
3814 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
3815 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
3816 **
3817 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered,
3818 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the
3819 ** output buffer undefined.
3820 */
3821 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
3822   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3823   memset(pDest, 0, N);
3824   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
3825 
3826   /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating
3827   ** the Pager object.  There has not been an opportunity to transition
3828   ** to WAL mode yet.
3829   */
3830   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3831 
3832   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3833     IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
3834     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0);
3835     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
3836       rc = SQLITE_OK;
3837     }
3838   }
3839   return rc;
3840 }
3841 
3842 /*
3843 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
3844 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
3845 **
3846 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then
3847 ** this is considered a 1 page file.
3848 */
3849 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
3850   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
3851   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED );
3852   *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize;
3853 }
3854 
3855 
3856 /*
3857 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If
3858 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
3859 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
3860 **
3861 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke
3862 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat
3863 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to
3864 ** obtain the lock succeeds.
3865 **
3866 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
3867 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state
3868 ** variable to locktype before returning.
3869 */
3870 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
3871   int rc;                              /* Return code */
3872 
3873   /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is
3874   ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler
3875   ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
3876   ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
3877   */
3878   assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype)
3879        || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK)
3880        || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
3881   );
3882 
3883   do {
3884     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype);
3885   }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) );
3886   return rc;
3887 }
3888 
3889 /*
3890 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the
3891 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
3892 **
3893 **   a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the
3894 **      current database image, in pages, OR
3895 **
3896 **   b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
3897 **      be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal
3898 **      (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()).
3899 **
3900 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the
3901 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress()
3902 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to
3903 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
3904 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current
3905 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
3906 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and
3907 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
3908 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that
3909 ** this circumstance cannot arise.
3910 */
3911 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
3912 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){
3913   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
3914   assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize );
3915 }
3916 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){
3917   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb);
3918 }
3919 #else
3920 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager)
3921 #endif
3922 
3923 /*
3924 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This
3925 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It
3926 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the
3927 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
3928 **
3929 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction.
3930 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be
3931 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and
3932 ** then continue writing to the database.
3933 */
3934 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
3935   assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage );
3936   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
3937   pPager->dbSize = nPage;
3938 
3939   /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to
3940   ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are,
3941   ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint
3942   ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled
3943   ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only
3944   ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the
3945   ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0),
3946   ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call
3947   ** is no longer correct. */
3948 }
3949 
3950 
3951 /*
3952 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It
3953 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the
3954 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
3955 ** that the entire journal file has been synced.
3956 **
3957 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures
3958 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
3959 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
3960 ** content as this process.
3961 **
3962 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise,
3963 ** an SQLite error code.
3964 */
3965 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){
3966   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3967   if( !pPager->noSync ){
3968     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
3969   }
3970   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3971     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr);
3972   }
3973   return rc;
3974 }
3975 
3976 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
3977 /*
3978 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno.
3979 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch().
3980 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference
3981 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set
3982 ** *ppPage to zero.
3983 **
3984 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released
3985 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage().
3986 */
3987 static int pagerAcquireMapPage(
3988   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
3989   Pgno pgno,                      /* Page number */
3990   void *pData,                    /* xFetch()'d data for this page */
3991   PgHdr **ppPage                  /* OUT: Acquired page object */
3992 ){
3993   PgHdr *p;                       /* Memory mapped page to return */
3994 
3995   if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){
3996     *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
3997     pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty;
3998     p->pDirty = 0;
3999     assert( pPager->nExtra>=8 );
4000     memset(p->pExtra, 0, 8);
4001   }else{
4002     *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra);
4003     if( p==0 ){
4004       sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData);
4005       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4006     }
4007     p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1];
4008     p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP;
4009     p->nRef = 1;
4010     p->pPager = pPager;
4011   }
4012 
4013   assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] );
4014   assert( p->pPage==0 );
4015   assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP );
4016   assert( p->pPager==pPager );
4017   assert( p->nRef==1 );
4018 
4019   p->pgno = pgno;
4020   p->pData = pData;
4021   pPager->nMmapOut++;
4022 
4023   return SQLITE_OK;
4024 }
4025 #endif
4026 
4027 /*
4028 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an
4029 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage().
4030 */
4031 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4032   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4033   pPager->nMmapOut--;
4034   pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
4035   pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg;
4036 
4037   assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 );
4038   sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData);
4039 }
4040 
4041 /*
4042 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list.
4043 */
4044 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){
4045   PgHdr *p;
4046   PgHdr *pNext;
4047   for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){
4048     pNext = p->pDirty;
4049     sqlite3_free(p);
4050   }
4051 }
4052 
4053 /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from
4054 ** under the pager.  Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still where it ought
4055 ** to be on disk.  Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error
4056 ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing.
4057 */
4058 static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){
4059   int bHasMoved = 0;
4060   int rc;
4061 
4062   if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK;
4063   if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
4064   assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] );
4065   rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved);
4066   if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
4067     /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file
4068     ** has not been moved.  That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to
4069     ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */
4070     rc = SQLITE_OK;
4071   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){
4072     rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED;
4073   }
4074   return rc;
4075 }
4076 
4077 
4078 /*
4079 ** Shutdown the page cache.  Free all memory and close all files.
4080 **
4081 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
4082 ** transaction is rolled back.  All outstanding pages are invalidated
4083 ** and their memory is freed.  Any attempt to use a page associated
4084 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
4085 ** result in a coredump.
4086 **
4087 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
4088 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback
4089 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
4090 ** to the caller.
4091 */
4092 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
4093   u8 *pTmp = (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace;
4094   assert( db || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
4095   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4096   disable_simulated_io_errors();
4097   sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
4098   pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager);
4099   /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
4100   pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
4101 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4102   {
4103     u8 *a = 0;
4104     assert( db || pPager->pWal==0 );
4105     if( db && 0==(db->flags & SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose)
4106      && SQLITE_OK==databaseIsUnmoved(pPager)
4107     ){
4108       a = pTmp;
4109     }
4110     sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize,a);
4111     pPager->pWal = 0;
4112   }
4113 #endif
4114   pager_reset(pPager);
4115   if( MEMDB ){
4116     pager_unlock(pPager);
4117   }else{
4118     /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
4119     ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal
4120     ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs
4121     ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
4122     **
4123     ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
4124     ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the
4125     ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it
4126     ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal
4127     ** rollback before accessing the database file.
4128     */
4129     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
4130       pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager));
4131     }
4132     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
4133   }
4134   sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
4135   enable_simulated_io_errors();
4136   PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4137   IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
4138   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
4139   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4140   sqlite3PageFree(pTmp);
4141   sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache);
4142   assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal );
4143   assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) );
4144 
4145   sqlite3_free(pPager);
4146   return SQLITE_OK;
4147 }
4148 
4149 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
4150 /*
4151 ** Return the page number for page pPg.
4152 */
4153 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){
4154   return pPg->pgno;
4155 }
4156 #endif
4157 
4158 /*
4159 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg.
4160 */
4161 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){
4162   sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg);
4163 }
4164 
4165 /*
4166 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have
4167 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
4168 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
4169 **
4170 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op.
4171 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the
4172 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows:
4173 **
4174 **   * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
4175 **     be taken.
4176 **
4177 **   * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property,
4178 **     then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header
4179 **     is updated to contain the number of journal records that have
4180 **     been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
4181 **     mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
4182 **
4183 **   * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then
4184 **     journal file is synced.
4185 **
4186 ** Or, in pseudo-code:
4187 **
4188 **   if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){
4189 **     if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
4190 **       if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>);
4191 **       <update nRec field>
4192 **     }
4193 **     if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
4194 **   }
4195 **
4196 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every
4197 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
4198 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
4199 */
4200 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){
4201   int rc;                         /* Return code */
4202 
4203   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4204        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
4205   );
4206   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4207   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4208 
4209   rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
4210   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4211 
4212   if( !pPager->noSync ){
4213     assert( !pPager->tempFile );
4214     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
4215       const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4216       assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
4217 
4218       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4219         /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection
4220         ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal
4221         ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
4222         ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
4223         ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
4224         ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure
4225         ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes
4226         ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its
4227         ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the
4228         ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
4229         ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
4230         ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
4231         **
4232         ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain
4233         ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00
4234         ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
4235         **
4236         ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
4237         ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used
4238         ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
4239         ** the potential journal header.
4240         */
4241         i64 iNextHdrOffset;
4242         u8 aMagic[8];
4243         u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4];
4244 
4245         memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
4246         put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec);
4247 
4248         iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
4249         rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset);
4250         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){
4251           static const u8 zerobyte = 0;
4252           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset);
4253         }
4254         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
4255           return rc;
4256         }
4257 
4258         /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
4259         ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
4260         ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
4261         ** it as a candidate for rollback.
4262         **
4263         ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
4264         ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible
4265         ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
4266         ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
4267         ** and never needs to be updated.
4268         */
4269         if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4270           PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4271           IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4272           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
4273           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4274         }
4275         IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr));
4276         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(
4277             pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr
4278         );
4279         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4280       }
4281       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4282         PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4283         IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4284         rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags|
4285           (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
4286         );
4287         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4288       }
4289 
4290       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4291       if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4292         pPager->nRec = 0;
4293         rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
4294         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4295       }
4296     }else{
4297       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4298     }
4299   }
4300 
4301   /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just
4302   ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on
4303   ** all pages.
4304   */
4305   sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache);
4306   pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD;
4307   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4308   return SQLITE_OK;
4309 }
4310 
4311 /*
4312 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected
4313 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the
4314 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may
4315 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is
4316 ** a no-op.
4317 **
4318 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function
4319 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
4320 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
4321 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
4322 **
4323 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
4324 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is
4325 ** written out.
4326 **
4327 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
4328 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing
4329 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria:
4330 **
4331 **   * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or
4332 **   * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page.
4333 **
4334 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize
4335 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached
4336 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
4337 ** the database file.
4338 **
4339 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
4340 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
4341 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
4342 */
4343 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){
4344   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
4345 
4346   /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */
4347   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4348   assert( pPager->tempFile || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
4349   assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
4350   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pList->pDirty==0 );
4351 
4352   /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It
4353   ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch
4354   ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files.
4355   */
4356   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
4357     assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK );
4358     rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags);
4359   }
4360 
4361   /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final
4362   ** file size will be.
4363   */
4364   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) );
4365   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
4366    && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize
4367    && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize)
4368   ){
4369     sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize;
4370     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile);
4371     pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
4372   }
4373 
4374   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4375     Pgno pgno = pList->pgno;
4376 
4377     /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
4378     ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to
4379     ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
4380     ** any such pages to the file.
4381     **
4382     ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag
4383     ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()).
4384     */
4385     if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){
4386       i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;   /* Offset to write */
4387       char *pData;                                   /* Data to write */
4388 
4389       assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4390       if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
4391 
4392       pData = pList->pData;
4393 
4394       /* Write out the page data. */
4395       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
4396 
4397       /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
4398       ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this
4399       ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize.
4400       */
4401       if( pgno==1 ){
4402         memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
4403       }
4404       if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
4405         pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
4406       }
4407       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
4408 
4409       /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */
4410       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData);
4411 
4412       PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
4413                    PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList)));
4414       IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
4415       PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count);
4416     }else{
4417       PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno));
4418     }
4419     pager_set_pagehash(pList);
4420     pList = pList->pDirty;
4421   }
4422 
4423   return rc;
4424 }
4425 
4426 /*
4427 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this
4428 ** function is a no-op.
4429 **
4430 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An
4431 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen()
4432 ** fails.
4433 */
4434 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
4435   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4436   if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
4437     const int flags =  SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
4438       | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
4439       | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
4440     int nStmtSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill;
4441     if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){
4442       nStmtSpill = -1;
4443     }
4444     rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pPager->sjfd, flags, nStmtSpill);
4445   }
4446   return rc;
4447 }
4448 
4449 /*
4450 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal.
4451 **
4452 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
4453 ** for all open savepoints before returning.
4454 **
4455 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
4456 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or
4457 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
4458 ** bitvec.
4459 */
4460 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4461   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4462   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4463   if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
4464 
4465     /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */
4466     assert( pPager->useJournal );
4467     assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4468     assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 );
4469     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)
4470          || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg)
4471          || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize
4472     );
4473     rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
4474 
4475     /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open),
4476     ** write the journal record into the file.  */
4477     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4478       void *pData = pPg->pData;
4479       i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
4480       char *pData2;
4481       pData2 = pData;
4482       PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4483       rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
4484       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4485         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
4486       }
4487     }
4488   }
4489   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4490     pPager->nSubRec++;
4491     assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 );
4492     rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
4493   }
4494   return rc;
4495 }
4496 static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){
4497   if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
4498     return subjournalPage(pPg);
4499   }else{
4500     return SQLITE_OK;
4501   }
4502 }
4503 
4504 /*
4505 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
4506 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
4507 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
4508 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is
4509 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
4510 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first
4511 ** argument.
4512 **
4513 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
4514 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
4515 ** journal file.
4516 **
4517 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
4518 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
4519 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be
4520 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK
4521 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called.
4522 */
4523 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){
4524   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p;
4525   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4526 
4527   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
4528   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
4529 
4530   /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of
4531   ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed.  This occurs
4532   ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple
4533   ** pages belonging to the same sector.
4534   **
4535   ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling
4536   ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required.  This is set during
4537   ** a rollback or by user request, respectively.
4538   **
4539   ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
4540   ** lead to database corruption.   In the current implementation it
4541   ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3
4542   ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
4543   ** be called in the error state.  Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
4544   ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
4545   */
4546   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
4547   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK );
4548   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF );
4549   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC );
4550   if( pPager->doNotSpill
4551    && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0
4552       || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0)
4553   ){
4554     return SQLITE_OK;
4555   }
4556 
4557   pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_SPILL]++;
4558   pPg->pDirty = 0;
4559   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
4560     /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
4561     rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
4562     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4563       rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0);
4564     }
4565   }else{
4566 
4567 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
4568     if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){
4569       rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
4570       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return pager_error(pPager, rc);
4571     }
4572 #endif
4573 
4574     /* Sync the journal file if required. */
4575     if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
4576      || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4577     ){
4578       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1);
4579     }
4580 
4581     /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
4582     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4583       assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4584       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg);
4585     }
4586   }
4587 
4588   /* Mark the page as clean. */
4589   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4590     PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4591     sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
4592   }
4593 
4594   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
4595 }
4596 
4597 /*
4598 ** Flush all unreferenced dirty pages to disk.
4599 */
4600 int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager *pPager){
4601   int rc = pPager->errCode;
4602   if( !MEMDB ){
4603     PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
4604     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4605     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4606       PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
4607       if( pList->nRef==0 ){
4608         rc = pagerStress((void*)pPager, pList);
4609       }
4610       pList = pNext;
4611     }
4612   }
4613 
4614   return rc;
4615 }
4616 
4617 /*
4618 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it
4619 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it
4620 ** to sqlite3PagerClose().
4621 **
4622 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
4623 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
4624 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
4625 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then
4626 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk.
4627 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
4628 **
4629 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
4630 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user
4631 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API.  When a new page is allocated, the
4632 ** first 8 bytes of this space are zeroed but the remainder is uninitialized.
4633 ** (The extra space is used by btree as the MemPage object.)
4634 **
4635 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the
4636 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination
4637 ** of the PAGER_* flags.
4638 **
4639 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
4640 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files.
4641 **
4642 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened
4643 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
4644 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
4645 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
4646 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or
4647 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
4648 */
4649 int sqlite3PagerOpen(
4650   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,       /* The virtual file system to use */
4651   Pager **ppPager,         /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */
4652   const char *zFilename,   /* Name of the database file to open */
4653   int nExtra,              /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
4654   int flags,               /* flags controlling this file */
4655   int vfsFlags,            /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
4656   void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */
4657 ){
4658   u8 *pPtr;
4659   Pager *pPager = 0;       /* Pager object to allocate and return */
4660   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
4661   int tempFile = 0;        /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
4662   int memDb = 0;           /* True if this is an in-memory file */
4663 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE
4664   int memJM = 0;           /* Memory journal mode */
4665 #else
4666 # define memJM 0
4667 #endif
4668   int readOnly = 0;        /* True if this is a read-only file */
4669   int journalFileSize;     /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
4670   char *zPathname = 0;     /* Full path to database file */
4671   int nPathname = 0;       /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
4672   int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */
4673   int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize();       /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
4674   u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;  /* Default page size */
4675   const char *zUri = 0;    /* URI args to copy */
4676   int nUriByte = 1;        /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */
4677   int nUri = 0;            /* Number of URI parameters */
4678 
4679   /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle
4680   ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal).  */
4681   journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
4682 
4683   /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
4684   *ppPager = 0;
4685 
4686 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
4687   if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){
4688     memDb = 1;
4689     if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4690       zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename);
4691       if( zPathname==0  ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4692       nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4693       zFilename = 0;
4694     }
4695   }
4696 #endif
4697 
4698   /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
4699   ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
4700   ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
4701   */
4702   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4703     const char *z;
4704     nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
4705     zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2);
4706     if( zPathname==0 ){
4707       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4708     }
4709     zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
4710     rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
4711     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4712       if( rc==SQLITE_OK_SYMLINK ){
4713         if( vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_NOFOLLOW ){
4714           rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_SYMLINK;
4715         }else{
4716           rc = SQLITE_OK;
4717         }
4718       }
4719     }
4720     nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4721     z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1];
4722     while( *z ){
4723       z += strlen(z)+1;
4724       z += strlen(z)+1;
4725       nUri++;
4726     }
4727     nUriByte = (int)(&z[1] - zUri);
4728     assert( nUriByte>=1 );
4729     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){
4730       /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by
4731       ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname
4732       ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened,
4733       ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even
4734       ** check for a hot-journal before reading.
4735       */
4736       rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
4737     }
4738     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4739       sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4740       return rc;
4741     }
4742   }
4743 
4744   /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
4745   ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal
4746   ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
4747   **
4748   **     Pager object                    (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
4749   **     PCache object                   (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes)
4750   **     Database file handle            (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
4751   **     Sub-journal file handle         (journalFileSize bytes)
4752   **     Main journal file handle        (journalFileSize bytes)
4753   **     Ptr back to the Pager           (sizeof(Pager*) bytes)
4754   **     \0\0\0\0 database prefix        (4 bytes)
4755   **     Database file name              (nPathname+1 bytes)
4756   **     URI query parameters            (nUriByte bytes)
4757   **     Journal filename                (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
4758   **     WAL filename                    (nPathname+4+1 bytes)
4759   **     \0\0\0 terminator               (3 bytes)
4760   **
4761   ** Some 3rd-party software, over which we have no control, depends on
4762   ** the specific order of the filenames and the \0 separators between them
4763   ** so that it can (for example) find the database filename given the WAL
4764   ** filename without using the sqlite3_filename_database() API.  This is a
4765   ** misuse of SQLite and a bug in the 3rd-party software, but the 3rd-party
4766   ** software is in widespread use, so we try to avoid changing the filename
4767   ** order and formatting if possible.  In particular, the details of the
4768   ** filename format expected by 3rd-party software should be as follows:
4769   **
4770   **   - Main Database Path
4771   **   - \0
4772   **   - Multiple URI components consisting of:
4773   **     - Key
4774   **     - \0
4775   **     - Value
4776   **     - \0
4777   **   - \0
4778   **   - Journal Path
4779   **   - \0
4780   **   - WAL Path (zWALName)
4781   **   - \0
4782   **
4783   ** The sqlite3_create_filename() interface and the databaseFilename() utility
4784   ** that is used by sqlite3_filename_database() and kin also depend on the
4785   ** specific formatting and order of the various filenames, so if the format
4786   ** changes here, be sure to change it there as well.
4787   */
4788   pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero(
4789     ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) +            /* Pager structure */
4790     ROUND8(pcacheSize) +                 /* PCache object */
4791     ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) +             /* The main db file */
4792     journalFileSize * 2 +                /* The two journal files */
4793     sizeof(pPager) +                     /* Space to hold a pointer */
4794     4 +                                  /* Database prefix */
4795     nPathname + 1 +                      /* database filename */
4796     nUriByte +                           /* query parameters */
4797     nPathname + 8 + 1 +                  /* Journal filename */
4798 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4799     nPathname + 4 + 1 +                  /* WAL filename */
4800 #endif
4801     3                                    /* Terminator */
4802   );
4803   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) );
4804   if( !pPtr ){
4805     sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4806     return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4807   }
4808   pPager = (Pager*)pPtr;                  pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager));
4809   pPager->pPCache = (PCache*)pPtr;        pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize);
4810   pPager->fd = (sqlite3_file*)pPtr;       pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile);
4811   pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)pPtr;     pPtr += journalFileSize;
4812   pPager->jfd =  (sqlite3_file*)pPtr;     pPtr += journalFileSize;
4813   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) );
4814   memcpy(pPtr, &pPager, sizeof(pPager));  pPtr += sizeof(pPager);
4815 
4816   /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and pPager.zQueryParam fields */
4817                                           pPtr += 4;  /* Skip zero prefix */
4818   pPager->zFilename = (char*)pPtr;
4819   if( nPathname>0 ){
4820     memcpy(pPtr, zPathname, nPathname);   pPtr += nPathname + 1;
4821     if( zUri ){
4822       memcpy(pPtr, zUri, nUriByte);       pPtr += nUriByte;
4823     }else{
4824                                           pPtr++;
4825     }
4826   }
4827 
4828 
4829   /* Fill in Pager.zJournal */
4830   if( nPathname>0 ){
4831     pPager->zJournal = (char*)pPtr;
4832     memcpy(pPtr, zPathname, nPathname);   pPtr += nPathname;
4833     memcpy(pPtr, "-journal",8);           pPtr += 8 + 1;
4834 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
4835     sqlite3FileSuffix3(zFilename,pPager->zJournal);
4836     pPtr = (u8*)(pPager->zJournal + sqlite3Strlen30(pPager->zJournal)+1);
4837 #endif
4838   }else{
4839     pPager->zJournal = 0;
4840   }
4841 
4842 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4843   /* Fill in Pager.zWal */
4844   if( nPathname>0 ){
4845     pPager->zWal = (char*)pPtr;
4846     memcpy(pPtr, zPathname, nPathname);   pPtr += nPathname;
4847     memcpy(pPtr, "-wal", 4);              pPtr += 4 + 1;
4848 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
4849     sqlite3FileSuffix3(zFilename, pPager->zWal);
4850     pPtr = (u8*)(pPager->zWal + sqlite3Strlen30(pPager->zWal)+1);
4851 #endif
4852   }else{
4853     pPager->zWal = 0;
4854   }
4855 #endif
4856 
4857   if( nPathname ) sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4858   pPager->pVfs = pVfs;
4859   pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags;
4860 
4861   /* Open the pager file.
4862   */
4863   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4864     int fout = 0;                    /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
4865     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout);
4866     assert( !memDb );
4867 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE
4868     memJM = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY)!=0;
4869 #endif
4870     readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY)!=0;
4871 
4872     /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
4873     ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
4874     ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
4875     **
4876     **    + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
4877     **    + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
4878     **    + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
4879     */
4880     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4881       int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4882       if( !readOnly ){
4883         setSectorSize(pPager);
4884         assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE);
4885         if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){
4886           if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){
4887             szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
4888           }else{
4889             szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize;
4890           }
4891         }
4892 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
4893         {
4894           int ii;
4895           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
4896           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
4897           assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536);
4898           for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){
4899             if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){
4900               szPageDflt = ii;
4901             }
4902           }
4903         }
4904 #endif
4905       }
4906       pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(pPager->zFilename, "nolock", 0);
4907       if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0
4908        || sqlite3_uri_boolean(pPager->zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){
4909           vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
4910           goto act_like_temp_file;
4911       }
4912     }
4913   }else{
4914     /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
4915     ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
4916     ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
4917     **
4918     ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory
4919     ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to
4920     ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
4921     **
4922     ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable.
4923     */
4924 act_like_temp_file:
4925     tempFile = 1;
4926     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;     /* Pretend we already have a lock */
4927     pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;    /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */
4928     pPager->noLock = 1;                /* Do no locking */
4929     readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
4930   }
4931 
4932   /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of
4933   ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
4934   */
4935   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4936     assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
4937     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1);
4938     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
4939   }
4940 
4941   /* Initialize the PCache object. */
4942   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4943     nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra);
4944     assert( nExtra>=8 && nExtra<1000 );
4945     rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb,
4946                        !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache);
4947   }
4948 
4949   /* If an error occurred above, free the  Pager structure and close the file.
4950   */
4951   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4952     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4953     sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
4954     sqlite3_free(pPager);
4955     return rc;
4956   }
4957 
4958   PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename));
4959   IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))
4960 
4961   pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal;
4962   /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
4963   /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
4964   /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
4965   /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
4966   /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
4967   /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
4968   pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
4969   /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
4970   /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
4971   pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile;
4972   assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
4973           || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
4974   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
4975   pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile;
4976   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
4977   pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb;
4978   pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly;
4979   assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile );
4980   pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile;
4981   if( pPager->noSync ){
4982     assert( pPager->fullSync==0 );
4983     assert( pPager->extraSync==0 );
4984     assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 );
4985     assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 );
4986   }else{
4987     pPager->fullSync = 1;
4988     pPager->extraSync = 0;
4989     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
4990     pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | (SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL<<2);
4991   }
4992   /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
4993   /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
4994   /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
4995   pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra;
4996   pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
4997   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile );
4998   setSectorSize(pPager);
4999   if( !useJournal ){
5000     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF;
5001   }else if( memDb || memJM ){
5002     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY;
5003   }
5004   /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
5005   /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
5006   pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
5007   setGetterMethod(pPager);
5008   /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
5009   /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */
5010 
5011   *ppPager = pPager;
5012   return SQLITE_OK;
5013 }
5014 
5015 /*
5016 ** Return the sqlite3_file for the main database given the name
5017 ** of the corresonding WAL or Journal name as passed into
5018 ** xOpen.
5019 */
5020 sqlite3_file *sqlite3_database_file_object(const char *zName){
5021   Pager *pPager;
5022   while( zName[-1]!=0 || zName[-2]!=0 || zName[-3]!=0 || zName[-4]!=0 ){
5023     zName--;
5024   }
5025   pPager = *(Pager**)(zName - 4 - sizeof(Pager*));
5026   return pPager->fd;
5027 }
5028 
5029 
5030 /*
5031 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
5032 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
5033 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that
5034 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
5035 ** file exists if the following criteria are met:
5036 **
5037 **   * The journal file exists in the file system, and
5038 **   * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and
5039 **   * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and
5040 **   * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00.
5041 **
5042 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
5043 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
5044 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is
5045 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
5046 ** is returned.
5047 **
5048 ** This routine does not check if there is a super-journal filename
5049 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that super-journal file
5050 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
5051 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
5052 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and
5053 ** will not roll it back.
5054 **
5055 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and
5056 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
5057 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
5058 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
5059 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined.
5060 */
5061 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){
5062   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
5063   int rc = SQLITE_OK;           /* Return code */
5064   int exists = 1;               /* True if a journal file is present */
5065   int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd);
5066 
5067   assert( pPager->useJournal );
5068   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
5069   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5070 
5071   assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) &
5072     SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
5073   ));
5074 
5075   *pExists = 0;
5076   if( !jrnlOpen ){
5077     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
5078   }
5079   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
5080     int locked = 0;             /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
5081 
5082     /* Race condition here:  Another process might have been holding the
5083     ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess()
5084     ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
5085     ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call.  If that
5086     ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
5087     ** in fact there is none.  This results in a false-positive which will
5088     ** be dealt with by the playback routine.  Ticket #3883.
5089     */
5090     rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked);
5091     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){
5092       Pgno nPage;                 /* Number of pages in database file */
5093 
5094       assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
5095       rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
5096       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5097         /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the
5098         ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where
5099         ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial
5100         ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back.
5101         ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted.  However, take care
5102         ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to
5103         ** journal_mode=PERSIST.
5104         */
5105         if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){
5106           sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5107           if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){
5108             sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
5109             if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5110           }
5111           sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5112         }else{
5113           /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
5114           ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
5115           ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
5116           ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not,
5117           ** it can be ignored.
5118           */
5119           if( !jrnlOpen ){
5120             int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5121             rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f);
5122           }
5123           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5124             u8 first = 0;
5125             rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0);
5126             if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
5127               rc = SQLITE_OK;
5128             }
5129             if( !jrnlOpen ){
5130               sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
5131             }
5132             *pExists = (first!=0);
5133           }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
5134             /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
5135             ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
5136             ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
5137             ** ticket #3883.  Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
5138             ** This might be a false positive.  But if it is, then the
5139             ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
5140             ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
5141             ** worry so much with race conditions.
5142             */
5143             *pExists = 1;
5144             rc = SQLITE_OK;
5145           }
5146         }
5147       }
5148     }
5149   }
5150 
5151   return rc;
5152 }
5153 
5154 /*
5155 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
5156 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerGet() until after this function
5157 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
5158 ** this function is called, it is a no-op.
5159 **
5160 ** The following operations are also performed by this function.
5161 **
5162 **   1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held
5163 **      on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
5164 **      SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
5165 **      the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
5166 **      which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal
5167 **      rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
5168 **      the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
5169 **      discarded if they are found to be invalid.
5170 **
5171 **   2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently
5172 **      no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state,
5173 **      then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding
5174 **      the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
5175 **      file.
5176 **
5177 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
5178 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or
5179 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
5180 */
5181 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
5182   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                /* Return code */
5183 
5184   /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
5185   ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either
5186   ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in
5187   ** exclusive access mode.  */
5188   assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
5189   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5190   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5191   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5192 
5193   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){
5194     int bHotJournal = 1;          /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */
5195 
5196     assert( !MEMDB );
5197     assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
5198 
5199     rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5200     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5201       assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK );
5202       goto failed;
5203     }
5204 
5205     /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
5206     ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
5207     */
5208     if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){
5209       rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal);
5210     }
5211     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5212       goto failed;
5213     }
5214     if( bHotJournal ){
5215       if( pPager->readOnly ){
5216         rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK;
5217         goto failed;
5218       }
5219 
5220       /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
5221       ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
5222       ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
5223       ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
5224       ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the
5225       ** hot-journal back.
5226       **
5227       ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
5228       ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to
5229       ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock
5230       ** on the database file.
5231       **
5232       ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is
5233       ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns.
5234       */
5235       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5236       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5237         goto failed;
5238       }
5239 
5240       /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the
5241       ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because
5242       ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open
5243       ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access
5244       ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist
5245       ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems).
5246       **
5247       ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some
5248       ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before
5249       ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it
5250       ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
5251       ** function was called and the journal file does not exist.
5252       */
5253       if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5254         sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
5255         int bExists;              /* True if journal file exists */
5256         rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
5257             pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists);
5258         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){
5259           int fout = 0;
5260           int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5261           assert( !pPager->tempFile );
5262           rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
5263           assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5264           if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
5265             rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
5266             sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
5267           }
5268         }
5269       }
5270 
5271       /* Playback and delete the journal.  Drop the database write
5272       ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
5273       ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
5274       ** an inconsistent cache.  Sync the hot journal before playing
5275       ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal
5276       ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync
5277       ** the journal before playing it back.
5278       */
5279       if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5280         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5281         rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager);
5282         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5283           rc = pager_playback(pPager, !pPager->tempFile);
5284           pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
5285         }
5286       }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
5287         pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5288       }
5289 
5290       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5291         /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open
5292         ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5293         ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock
5294         ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be
5295         ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for
5296         ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation).
5297         **
5298         ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to
5299         ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition
5300         ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file,
5301         ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very
5302         ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling
5303         ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible
5304         ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page
5305         ** references.
5306         */
5307         pager_error(pPager, rc);
5308         goto failed;
5309       }
5310 
5311       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5312       assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK)
5313            || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK)
5314       );
5315     }
5316 
5317     if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ){
5318       /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to
5319       ** see if the database has been modified.  If the database has changed,
5320       ** flush the cache.  The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from
5321       ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a
5322       ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up.
5323       **
5324       ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
5325       ** at offset 24 into the file.  The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
5326       ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change.  The
5327       ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
5328       ** a codec is in use.
5329       **
5330       ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be
5331       ** detected.  The chance of an undetected change is so small that
5332       ** it can be neglected.
5333       */
5334       char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
5335 
5336       IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
5337       rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24);
5338       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5339         if( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
5340           goto failed;
5341         }
5342         memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers));
5343       }
5344 
5345       if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){
5346         pager_reset(pPager);
5347 
5348         /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes
5349         ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back
5350         ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock.
5351         ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears
5352         ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this
5353         ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */
5354         if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){
5355           sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
5356         }
5357       }
5358     }
5359 
5360     /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL
5361     ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op.
5362     */
5363     rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager);
5364 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
5365     assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
5366 #endif
5367   }
5368 
5369   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5370     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5371     rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager);
5372   }
5373 
5374   if( pPager->tempFile==0 && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5375     rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize);
5376   }
5377 
5378  failed:
5379   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5380     assert( !MEMDB );
5381     pager_unlock(pPager);
5382     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5383   }else{
5384     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
5385     pPager->hasHeldSharedLock = 1;
5386   }
5387   return rc;
5388 }
5389 
5390 /*
5391 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
5392 ** transaction and unlock the pager.
5393 **
5394 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
5395 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
5396 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
5397 */
5398 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
5399   if( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ){
5400     assert( pPager->nMmapOut==0 ); /* because page1 is never memory mapped */
5401     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
5402   }
5403 }
5404 
5405 /*
5406 ** The page getter methods each try to acquire a reference to a
5407 ** page with page number pgno. If the requested reference is
5408 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
5409 **
5410 ** There are different implementations of the getter method depending
5411 ** on the current state of the pager.
5412 **
5413 **     getPageNormal()         --  The normal getter
5414 **     getPageError()          --  Used if the pager is in an error state
5415 **     getPageMmap()           --  Used if memory-mapped I/O is enabled
5416 **
5417 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned.
5418 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
5419 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
5420 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
5421 ** object with no outstanding references.
5422 **
5423 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the
5424 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is
5425 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
5426 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
5427 **
5428 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if
5429 ** the flags parameter contains the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT bit and the
5430 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no
5431 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the
5432 ** page is initialized to all zeros.
5433 **
5434 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, it means that we do not care about
5435 ** the contents of the page. This occurs in two scenarios:
5436 **
5437 **   a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and
5438 **
5439 **   b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load
5440 **      a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read
5441 **      from the savepoint journal.
5442 **
5443 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead
5444 ** of being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding
5445 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the
5446 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open
5447 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any
5448 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents
5449 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO.
5450 **
5451 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons.  In all cases,
5452 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
5453 **
5454 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup().  Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
5455 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first.  If the page is not already
5456 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
5457 ** just returns 0.  This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
5458 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
5459 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
5460 ** or journal files.
5461 */
5462 static int getPageNormal(
5463   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5464   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5465   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5466   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5467 ){
5468   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5469   PgHdr *pPg;
5470   u8 noContent;                   /* True if PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is set */
5471   sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase;
5472 
5473   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5474   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5475   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5476   assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
5477 
5478   if( pgno==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5479   pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3);
5480   if( pBase==0 ){
5481     pPg = 0;
5482     rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase);
5483     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5484     if( pBase==0 ){
5485       rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
5486       goto pager_acquire_err;
5487     }
5488   }
5489   pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase);
5490   assert( pPg==(*ppPage) );
5491   assert( pPg->pgno==pgno );
5492   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 );
5493 
5494   noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT)!=0;
5495   if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){
5496     /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of
5497     ** the page. Return without further ado.  */
5498     assert( pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5499     pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++;
5500     return SQLITE_OK;
5501 
5502   }else{
5503     /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to
5504     ** be initialized. But first some error checks:
5505     **
5506     ** (*) obsolete.  Was: maximum page number is 2^31
5507     ** (2) Never try to fetch the locking page
5508     */
5509     if( pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
5510       rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5511       goto pager_acquire_err;
5512     }
5513 
5514     pPg->pPager = pPager;
5515 
5516     assert( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || !MEMDB );
5517     if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent ){
5518       if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
5519         rc = SQLITE_FULL;
5520         goto pager_acquire_err;
5521       }
5522       if( noContent ){
5523         /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
5524         ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a
5525         ** page that does not need to be journaled.  Nevertheless, be sure
5526         ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set
5527         ** a bit in a bit vector.
5528         */
5529         sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5530         if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
5531           TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno);
5532           testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5533         }
5534         TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno);
5535         testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5536         sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5537       }
5538       memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
5539       IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
5540     }else{
5541       assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
5542       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++;
5543       rc = readDbPage(pPg);
5544       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5545         goto pager_acquire_err;
5546       }
5547     }
5548     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
5549   }
5550   return SQLITE_OK;
5551 
5552 pager_acquire_err:
5553   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
5554   if( pPg ){
5555     sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
5556   }
5557   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5558   *ppPage = 0;
5559   return rc;
5560 }
5561 
5562 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
5563 /* The page getter for when memory-mapped I/O is enabled */
5564 static int getPageMMap(
5565   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5566   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5567   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5568   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5569 ){
5570   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5571   PgHdr *pPg = 0;
5572   u32 iFrame = 0;                 /* Frame to read from WAL file */
5573 
5574   /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except
5575   ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY
5576   ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a
5577   ** temporary or in-memory database.  */
5578   const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1
5579    && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY))
5580   );
5581 
5582   assert( USEFETCH(pPager) );
5583 
5584   /* Optimization note:  Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here
5585   ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1"
5586   ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the
5587   ** common case where pgno is large. */
5588   if( pgno<=1 && pgno==0 ){
5589     return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5590   }
5591   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5592   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5593   assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
5594   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5595 
5596   if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5597     rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
5598     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5599       *ppPage = 0;
5600       return rc;
5601     }
5602   }
5603   if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){
5604     void *pData = 0;
5605     rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd,
5606         (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData
5607     );
5608     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){
5609       if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER || pPager->tempFile ){
5610         pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
5611       }
5612       if( pPg==0 ){
5613         rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg);
5614       }else{
5615         sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData);
5616       }
5617       if( pPg ){
5618         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5619         *ppPage = pPg;
5620         return SQLITE_OK;
5621       }
5622     }
5623     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5624       *ppPage = 0;
5625       return rc;
5626     }
5627   }
5628   return getPageNormal(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags);
5629 }
5630 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
5631 
5632 /* The page getter method for when the pager is an error state */
5633 static int getPageError(
5634   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5635   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5636   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5637   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5638 ){
5639   UNUSED_PARAMETER(pgno);
5640   UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags);
5641   assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
5642   *ppPage = 0;
5643   return pPager->errCode;
5644 }
5645 
5646 
5647 /* Dispatch all page fetch requests to the appropriate getter method.
5648 */
5649 int sqlite3PagerGet(
5650   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5651   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5652   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5653   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5654 ){
5655   return pPager->xGet(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags);
5656 }
5657 
5658 /*
5659 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache.  Do
5660 ** not read the page from disk.  Return a pointer to the page,
5661 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
5662 **
5663 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet().  The difference between this routine
5664 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
5665 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache.  This routine
5666 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error
5667 ** has ever happened.
5668 */
5669 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
5670   sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage;
5671   assert( pPager!=0 );
5672   assert( pgno!=0 );
5673   assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 );
5674   pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0);
5675   assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasHeldSharedLock );
5676   if( pPage==0 ) return 0;
5677   return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage);
5678 }
5679 
5680 /*
5681 ** Release a page reference.
5682 **
5683 ** The sqlite3PagerUnref() and sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull() may only be
5684 ** used if we know that the page being released is not the last page.
5685 ** The btree layer always holds page1 open until the end, so these first
5686 ** to routines can be used to release any page other than BtShared.pPage1.
5687 **
5688 ** Use sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne() to release page1.  This latter routine
5689 ** checks the total number of outstanding pages and if the number of
5690 ** pages reaches zero it drops the database lock.
5691 */
5692 void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){
5693   TESTONLY( Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; )
5694   assert( pPg!=0 );
5695   if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){
5696     assert( pPg->pgno!=1 );  /* Page1 is never memory mapped */
5697     pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg);
5698   }else{
5699     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
5700   }
5701   /* Do not use this routine to release the last reference to page1 */
5702   assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 );
5703 }
5704 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){
5705   if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
5706 }
5707 void sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne(DbPage *pPg){
5708   Pager *pPager;
5709   assert( pPg!=0 );
5710   assert( pPg->pgno==1 );
5711   assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); /* Page1 is never memory mapped */
5712   pPager = pPg->pPager;
5713   sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
5714   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5715 }
5716 
5717 /*
5718 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
5719 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database
5720 ** file when this routine is called.
5721 **
5722 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
5723 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
5724 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being
5725 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used
5726 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
5727 **
5728 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
5729 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
5730 ** already open file.
5731 **
5732 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
5733 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
5734 **
5735 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return
5736 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or
5737 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
5738 */
5739 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
5740   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                        /* Return code */
5741   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;   /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
5742 
5743   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5744   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5745   assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5746 
5747   /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op.  But on
5748   ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
5749   ** an error state. */
5750   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
5751 
5752   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
5753     pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
5754     if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
5755       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
5756     }
5757 
5758     /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
5759     if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5760       if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
5761         sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd);
5762       }else{
5763         int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE;
5764         int nSpill;
5765 
5766         if( pPager->tempFile ){
5767           flags |= (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL);
5768           nSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill;
5769         }else{
5770           flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5771           nSpill = jrnlBufferSize(pPager);
5772         }
5773 
5774         /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when
5775         ** it was originally opened. */
5776         rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager);
5777         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5778           rc = sqlite3JournalOpen (
5779               pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, nSpill
5780           );
5781         }
5782       }
5783       assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5784     }
5785 
5786 
5787     /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open
5788     ** the sub-journal if necessary.
5789     */
5790     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5791       /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
5792       pPager->nRec = 0;
5793       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5794       pPager->setSuper = 0;
5795       pPager->journalHdr = 0;
5796       rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
5797     }
5798   }
5799 
5800   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5801     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
5802     pPager->pInJournal = 0;
5803   }else{
5804     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5805     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD;
5806   }
5807 
5808   return rc;
5809 }
5810 
5811 /*
5812 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a
5813 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
5814 **
5815 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
5816 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
5817 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking
5818 ** functions need be called.
5819 **
5820 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
5821 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
5822 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
5823 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
5824 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
5825 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database,
5826 ** or using a temporary file otherwise.
5827 */
5828 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){
5829   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5830 
5831   if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode;
5832   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR );
5833   pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory;
5834 
5835   if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){
5836     assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5837 
5838     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5839       /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an
5840       ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now.
5841       */
5842       if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){
5843         rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5844         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5845           return rc;
5846         }
5847         (void)sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1);
5848       }
5849 
5850       /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to
5851       ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller.
5852       ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already
5853       ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it.
5854       */
5855       rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
5856     }else{
5857       /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
5858       ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5859       ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
5860       ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
5861       */
5862       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
5863       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){
5864         rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5865       }
5866     }
5867 
5868     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5869       /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state.
5870       **
5871       ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
5872       ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
5873       ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint
5874       ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database
5875       ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in
5876       ** WAL mode.
5877       */
5878       pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED;
5879       pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
5880       pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize;
5881       pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize;
5882       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5883     }
5884 
5885     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5886     assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5887     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5888   }
5889 
5890   PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
5891   return rc;
5892 }
5893 
5894 /*
5895 ** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal.
5896 */
5897 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){
5898   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5899   int rc;
5900   u32 cksum;
5901   char *pData2;
5902   i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff;
5903 
5904   /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
5905   ** contains the database locks.  The following assert verifies
5906   ** that we do not. */
5907   assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5908 
5909   assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff );
5910   pData2 = pPg->pData;
5911   cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
5912 
5913   /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the
5914   ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page.
5915   ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in
5916   ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored
5917   ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so,
5918   ** then corruption may follow.
5919   */
5920   pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5921 
5922   rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno);
5923   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5924   rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4);
5925   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5926   rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum);
5927   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5928 
5929   IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno,
5930            pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
5931   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
5932   PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
5933        PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5934        ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg)));
5935 
5936   pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize;
5937   pPager->nRec++;
5938   assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
5939   rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
5940   testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5941   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5942   rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
5943   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5944   return rc;
5945 }
5946 
5947 /*
5948 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the
5949 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
5950 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the
5951 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
5952 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
5953 */
5954 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){
5955   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5956   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5957 
5958   /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already
5959   ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
5960   ** It is never called in the ERROR state.
5961   */
5962   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
5963        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
5964        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
5965   );
5966   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5967   assert( pPager->errCode==0 );
5968   assert( pPager->readOnly==0 );
5969   CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
5970 
5971   /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already
5972   ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
5973   ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
5974   **
5975   ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page.
5976   ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
5977   ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
5978   ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
5979   */
5980   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
5981     rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
5982     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5983   }
5984   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
5985   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5986 
5987   /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */
5988   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
5989 
5990   /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about
5991   ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off
5992   ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC.
5993   */
5994   assert( (pPager->pInJournal!=0) == isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5995   if( pPager->pInJournal!=0
5996    && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno)==0
5997   ){
5998     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
5999     if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
6000       rc = pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg);
6001       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6002         return rc;
6003       }
6004     }else{
6005       if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){
6006         pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6007       }
6008       PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
6009               PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
6010              ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0)));
6011     }
6012   }
6013 
6014   /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list
6015   ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal.  Wait until now,
6016   ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the
6017   ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified.
6018   */
6019   pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6020 
6021   /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
6022   ** then write the page into the statement journal.
6023   */
6024   if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ){
6025     rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
6026   }
6027 
6028   /* Update the database size and return. */
6029   if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){
6030     pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
6031   }
6032   return rc;
6033 }
6034 
6035 /*
6036 ** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size
6037 ** is larger than the page size.  SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that
6038 ** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware.  Hence, all bytes of
6039 ** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of
6040 ** a write.
6041 **
6042 ** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which
6043 ** case pages can be individually written.  This routine only runs in the
6044 ** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size.
6045 */
6046 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){
6047   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
6048   Pgno nPageCount;             /* Total number of pages in database file */
6049   Pgno pg1;                    /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
6050   int nPage = 0;               /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
6051   int ii;                      /* Loop counter */
6052   int needSync = 0;            /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
6053   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */
6054   Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);
6055 
6056   /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow
6057   ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
6058   ** this function.
6059   */
6060   assert( !MEMDB );
6061   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 );
6062   pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
6063 
6064   /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
6065   ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
6066   ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
6067   */
6068   pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;
6069 
6070   nPageCount = pPager->dbSize;
6071   if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
6072     nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
6073   }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
6074     nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
6075   }else{
6076     nPage = nPagePerSector;
6077   }
6078   assert(nPage>0);
6079   assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
6080   assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);
6081 
6082   for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
6083     Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
6084     PgHdr *pPage;
6085     if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
6086       if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
6087         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage, 0);
6088         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6089           rc = pager_write(pPage);
6090           if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
6091             needSync = 1;
6092           }
6093           sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6094         }
6095       }
6096     }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
6097       if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
6098         needSync = 1;
6099       }
6100       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6101     }
6102   }
6103 
6104   /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages
6105   ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
6106   ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
6107   ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
6108   ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
6109   */
6110   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){
6111     assert( !MEMDB );
6112     for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){
6113       PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
6114       if( pPage ){
6115         pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6116         sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6117       }
6118     }
6119   }
6120 
6121   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 );
6122   pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
6123   return rc;
6124 }
6125 
6126 /*
6127 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before
6128 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value
6129 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless
6130 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
6131 **
6132 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
6133 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
6134 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
6135 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
6136 **
6137 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
6138 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6139 */
6140 int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
6141   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
6142   assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 );
6143   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6144   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6145   if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE)!=0 && pPager->dbSize>=pPg->pgno ){
6146     if( pPager->nSavepoint ) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
6147     return SQLITE_OK;
6148   }else if( pPager->errCode ){
6149     return pPager->errCode;
6150   }else if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){
6151     assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
6152     return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg);
6153   }else{
6154     return pager_write(pPg);
6155   }
6156 }
6157 
6158 /*
6159 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
6160 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
6161 ** to change the content of the page.
6162 */
6163 #ifndef NDEBUG
6164 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){
6165   return pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6166 }
6167 #endif
6168 
6169 /*
6170 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
6171 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
6172 ** that page might be marked as dirty.  This happens, for example, when
6173 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its
6174 ** content no longer matters.
6175 **
6176 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
6177 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
6178 ** that it does not get written to disk.
6179 **
6180 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large
6181 ** DELETE operations.
6182 **
6183 ** This optimization cannot be used with a temp-file, as the page may
6184 ** have been dirty at the start of the transaction. In that case, if
6185 ** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need
6186 ** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the
6187 ** current transaction is rolled back.
6188 */
6189 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
6190   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
6191   if( !pPager->tempFile && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){
6192     PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)));
6193     IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
6194     pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
6195     pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6196     testcase( pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC );
6197     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
6198   }
6199 }
6200 
6201 /*
6202 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file
6203 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at
6204 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file.  The secondary change counter at
6205 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96.
6206 **
6207 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false.
6208 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once.
6209 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an
6210 ** unconditional update of the change counters.
6211 **
6212 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling
6213 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
6214 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
6215 ** transaction is committed.
6216 **
6217 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
6218 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
6219 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
6220 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the
6221 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
6222 */
6223 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){
6224   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6225 
6226   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6227        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6228   );
6229   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6230 
6231   /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the
6232   ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect
6233   ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter
6234   ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero.
6235   **
6236   ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not
6237   ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of
6238   ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the
6239   ** "if( isDirect )" condition.
6240   */
6241 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6242 # define DIRECT_MODE 0
6243   assert( isDirectMode==0 );
6244   UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode);
6245 #else
6246 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode
6247 #endif
6248 
6249   if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){
6250     PgHdr *pPgHdr;                /* Reference to page 1 */
6251 
6252     assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) );
6253 
6254     /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
6255     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr, 0);
6256     assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
6257 
6258     /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
6259     ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable.  When not in
6260     ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
6261     ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
6262     */
6263     if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
6264       rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr);
6265     }
6266 
6267     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6268       /* Actually do the update of the change counter */
6269       pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr);
6270 
6271       /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */
6272       if( DIRECT_MODE ){
6273         const void *zBuf;
6274         assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 );
6275         zBuf = pPgHdr->pData;
6276         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6277           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
6278           pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
6279         }
6280         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6281           /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the
6282           ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be
6283           ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match).  */
6284           const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24];
6285           memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
6286           pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6287         }
6288       }else{
6289         pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6290       }
6291     }
6292 
6293     /* Release the page reference. */
6294     sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
6295   }
6296   return rc;
6297 }
6298 
6299 /*
6300 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases
6301 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
6302 **
6303 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
6304 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
6305 */
6306 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zSuper){
6307   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6308   void *pArg = (void*)zSuper;
6309   rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg);
6310   if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
6311   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
6312     assert( !MEMDB );
6313     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags);
6314   }
6315   return rc;
6316 }
6317 
6318 /*
6319 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in
6320 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op.
6321 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on
6322 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one.
6323 **
6324 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is
6325 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6326 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is
6327 ** returned.
6328 */
6329 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
6330   int rc = pPager->errCode;
6331   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6332   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6333     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6334          || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6335          || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6336     );
6337     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6338     if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6339       rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
6340     }
6341   }
6342   return rc;
6343 }
6344 
6345 /*
6346 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zSuper points to the name
6347 ** of a super-journal file that should be written into the individual
6348 ** journal file. zSuper may be NULL, which is interpreted as no
6349 ** super-journal (a single database transaction).
6350 **
6351 ** This routine ensures that:
6352 **
6353 **   * The database file change-counter is updated,
6354 **   * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
6355 **   * all dirty pages are written to the database file,
6356 **   * the database file is truncated (if required), and
6357 **   * the database file synced.
6358 **
6359 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize
6360 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or
6361 ** delete the super-journal file if specified).
6362 **
6363 ** Note that if zSuper==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
6364 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
6365 **
6366 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
6367 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
6368 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
6369 ** journal file in this case.
6370 */
6371 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
6372   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
6373   const char *zSuper,            /* If not NULL, the super-journal name */
6374   int noSync                      /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */
6375 ){
6376   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
6377 
6378   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6379        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6380        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6381        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
6382   );
6383   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6384 
6385   /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */
6386   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6387 
6388   /* Provide the ability to easily simulate an I/O error during testing */
6389   if( sqlite3FaultSim(400) ) return SQLITE_IOERR;
6390 
6391   PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zSuper=%s nSize=%d\n",
6392       pPager->zFilename, zSuper, pPager->dbSize));
6393 
6394   /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
6395   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK;
6396 
6397   assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile );
6398   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
6399   if( 0==pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, 1) ){
6400     /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
6401     ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op.  However, any
6402     ** backup in progress needs to be restarted.  */
6403     sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
6404   }else{
6405     PgHdr *pList;
6406     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6407       PgHdr *pPageOne = 0;
6408       pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
6409       if( pList==0 ){
6410         /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
6411         ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
6412         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne, 0);
6413         pList = pPageOne;
6414         pList->pDirty = 0;
6415       }
6416       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6417       if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
6418         rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1);
6419       }
6420       sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne);
6421       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6422         sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6423       }
6424     }else{
6425       /* The bBatch boolean is true if the batch-atomic-write commit method
6426       ** should be used.  No rollback journal is created if batch-atomic-write
6427       ** is enabled.
6428       */
6429 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6430       sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
6431       int bBatch = zSuper==0    /* An SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC commit */
6432         && (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(fd) & SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
6433         && !pPager->noSync
6434         && sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd);
6435 #else
6436 #     define bBatch 0
6437 #endif
6438 
6439 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6440       /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
6441       ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
6442       ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the
6443       ** runtime criteria to use the operation:
6444       **
6445       **    * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
6446       **      blocks of size page-size, and
6447       **    * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
6448       **    * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
6449       **
6450       ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
6451       ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
6452       ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
6453       ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
6454       ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
6455       ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
6456       ** mode.
6457       **
6458       ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
6459       ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
6460       ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
6461       ** created for this transaction.
6462       */
6463       if( bBatch==0 ){
6464         PgHdr *pPg;
6465         assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6466             || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6467             || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
6468             );
6469         if( !zSuper && isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6470          && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
6471          && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize
6472          && (!(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
6473         ){
6474           /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The
6475           ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1
6476           ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1
6477           ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write
6478           ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
6479           */
6480           rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
6481         }else{
6482           rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6483           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6484             rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6485           }
6486         }
6487       }
6488 #else  /* SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE */
6489 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6490       if( zSuper ){
6491         rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6492         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6493         assert( bBatch==0 );
6494       }
6495 #endif
6496       rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6497 #endif /* !SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE */
6498       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6499 
6500       /* Write the super-journal name into the journal file. If a
6501       ** super-journal file name has already been written to the journal file,
6502       ** or if zSuper is NULL (no super-journal), then this call is a no-op.
6503       */
6504       rc = writeSuperJournal(pPager, zSuper);
6505       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6506 
6507       /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
6508       ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not
6509       ** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
6510       **
6511       ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
6512       ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
6513       ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
6514       ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is
6515       ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
6516       ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow.
6517       */
6518       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0);
6519       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6520 
6521       pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
6522 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6523       if( bBatch ){
6524         rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
6525         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6526           rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pList);
6527           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6528             rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
6529           }
6530           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6531             sqlite3OsFileControlHint(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
6532           }
6533         }
6534 
6535         if( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
6536           rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6537           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6538             sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
6539             goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6540           }
6541           bBatch = 0;
6542         }else{
6543           sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
6544         }
6545       }
6546 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE */
6547 
6548       if( bBatch==0 ){
6549         rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pList);
6550       }
6551       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6552         assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
6553         goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6554       }
6555       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6556 
6557       /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use
6558       ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database
6559       ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the
6560       ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the
6561       ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file
6562       ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case.  */
6563       if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){
6564         Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
6565         assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
6566         rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew);
6567         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6568       }
6569 
6570       /* Finally, sync the database file. */
6571       if( !noSync ){
6572         rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zSuper);
6573       }
6574       IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
6575     }
6576   }
6577 
6578 commit_phase_one_exit:
6579   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6580     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED;
6581   }
6582   return rc;
6583 }
6584 
6585 
6586 /*
6587 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
6588 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
6589 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system
6590 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
6591 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
6592 **
6593 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting,
6594 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used
6595 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
6596 ** irrevocably committed.
6597 **
6598 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager
6599 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6600 */
6601 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){
6602   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6603 
6604   /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred.
6605   ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get
6606   ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */
6607   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6608   pPager->iDataVersion++;
6609 
6610   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6611        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
6612        || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD)
6613   );
6614   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6615 
6616   /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during
6617   ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
6618   ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
6619   **
6620   ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal
6621   ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
6622   ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
6623   ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal
6624   ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
6625   ** to drop any locks either.
6626   */
6627   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6628    && pPager->exclusiveMode
6629    && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6630   ){
6631     assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff );
6632     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
6633     return SQLITE_OK;
6634   }
6635 
6636   PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6637   rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setSuper, 1);
6638   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6639 }
6640 
6641 /*
6642 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the
6643 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
6644 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
6645 ** state if an error occurs.
6646 **
6647 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called,
6648 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case.
6649 **
6650 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
6651 **
6652 **   1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and
6653 **      in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
6654 **      was opened, and
6655 **
6656 **   2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
6657 **      rollback at any point in the future.
6658 **
6659 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the
6660 ** rollback is successful.
6661 **
6662 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
6663 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to
6664 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or
6665 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed.
6666 */
6667 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
6668   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6669   PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6670 
6671   /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
6672   ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not
6673   ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
6674   */
6675   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6676   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode;
6677   if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK;
6678 
6679   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6680     int rc2;
6681     rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1);
6682     rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setSuper, 0);
6683     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
6684   }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6685     int eState = pPager->eState;
6686     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
6687     if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6688       /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error
6689       ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
6690       ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
6691       */
6692       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6693       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6694       setGetterMethod(pPager);
6695       return rc;
6696     }
6697   }else{
6698     rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
6699   }
6700 
6701   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
6702   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT
6703           || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR
6704           || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN
6705   );
6706 
6707   /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
6708   ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent.
6709   */
6710   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6711 }
6712 
6713 /*
6714 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only.  Return FALSE
6715 ** if the database is (in theory) writable.
6716 */
6717 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){
6718   return pPager->readOnly;
6719 }
6720 
6721 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
6722 /*
6723 ** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager.
6724 */
6725 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){
6726   return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6727 }
6728 #endif
6729 
6730 /*
6731 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently
6732 ** used by the pager and its associated cache.
6733 */
6734 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){
6735   int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr)
6736                                      + 5*sizeof(void*);
6737   return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)
6738            + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager)
6739            + pPager->pageSize;
6740 }
6741 
6742 /*
6743 ** Return the number of references to the specified page.
6744 */
6745 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){
6746   return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage);
6747 }
6748 
6749 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
6750 /*
6751 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
6752 */
6753 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){
6754   static int a[11];
6755   a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6756   a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache);
6757   a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
6758   a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize;
6759   a[4] = pPager->eState;
6760   a[5] = pPager->errCode;
6761   a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT];
6762   a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS];
6763   a[8] = 0;  /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
6764   a[9] = pPager->nRead;
6765   a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE];
6766   return a;
6767 }
6768 #endif
6769 
6770 /*
6771 ** Parameter eStat must be one of SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, _MISS, _WRITE,
6772 ** or _WRITE+1.  The SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE+1 case is a translation
6773 ** of SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL.  The _SPILL case is not contiguous because
6774 ** it was added later.
6775 **
6776 ** Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the
6777 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the
6778 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before
6779 ** returning.
6780 */
6781 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){
6782 
6783   assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
6784        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
6785        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
6786        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE+1
6787   );
6788 
6789   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS );
6790   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE );
6791   assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1
6792            && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 && PAGER_STAT_SPILL==3 );
6793 
6794   eStat -= SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT;
6795   *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat];
6796   if( reset ){
6797     pPager->aStat[eStat] = 0;
6798   }
6799 }
6800 
6801 /*
6802 ** Return true if this is an in-memory or temp-file backed pager.
6803 */
6804 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
6805   return pPager->tempFile;
6806 }
6807 
6808 /*
6809 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
6810 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
6811 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
6812 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
6813 **
6814 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error
6815 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
6816 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6817 */
6818 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6819   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                       /* Return code */
6820   int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint;        /* Current number of savepoints */
6821   int ii;                                   /* Iterator variable */
6822   PagerSavepoint *aNew;                     /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */
6823 
6824   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6825   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6826   assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal );
6827 
6828   /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
6829   ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a
6830   ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
6831   */
6832   aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc(
6833       pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint
6834   );
6835   if( !aNew ){
6836     return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
6837   }
6838   memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint));
6839   pPager->aSavepoint = aNew;
6840 
6841   /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */
6842   for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){
6843     aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize;
6844     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){
6845       aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff;
6846     }else{
6847       aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
6848     }
6849     aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec;
6850     aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
6851     if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){
6852       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
6853     }
6854     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6855       sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData);
6856     }
6857     pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1;
6858   }
6859   assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint );
6860   assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
6861   return rc;
6862 }
6863 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6864   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6865   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6866 
6867   if( nSavepoint>pPager->nSavepoint && pPager->useJournal ){
6868     return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, nSavepoint);
6869   }else{
6870     return SQLITE_OK;
6871   }
6872 }
6873 
6874 
6875 /*
6876 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
6877 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently
6878 ** created savepoint.
6879 **
6880 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
6881 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with
6882 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
6883 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
6884 **
6885 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter
6886 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
6887 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
6888 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
6889 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
6890 **
6891 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
6892 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling
6893 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
6894 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the
6895 ** contents of the database to its original state.
6896 **
6897 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint
6898 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
6899 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
6900 **
6901 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
6902 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a
6903 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6904 */
6905 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){
6906   int rc = pPager->errCode;
6907 
6908 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
6909   if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
6910 #endif
6911 
6912   assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6913   assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6914 
6915   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){
6916     int ii;            /* Iterator variable */
6917     int nNew;          /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
6918 
6919     /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
6920     ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated
6921     ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
6922     */
6923     nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1);
6924     for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
6925       sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
6926     }
6927     pPager->nSavepoint = nNew;
6928 
6929     /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate
6930     ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */
6931     if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
6932       if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
6933         /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */
6934         if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){
6935           rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0);
6936           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6937         }
6938         pPager->nSubRec = 0;
6939       }
6940     }
6941     /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
6942     ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has
6943     ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to
6944     ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped.
6945     */
6946     else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
6947       PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1];
6948       rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint);
6949       assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE);
6950     }
6951 
6952 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
6953     /* If the cache has been modified but the savepoint cannot be rolled
6954     ** back journal_mode=off, put the pager in the error state. This way,
6955     ** if the VFS used by this pager includes ZipVFS, the entire transaction
6956     ** can be rolled back at the ZipVFS level.  */
6957     else if(
6958         pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6959      && pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6960     ){
6961       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6962       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6963       setGetterMethod(pPager);
6964     }
6965 #endif
6966   }
6967 
6968   return rc;
6969 }
6970 
6971 /*
6972 ** Return the full pathname of the database file.
6973 **
6974 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if
6975 ** nullIfMemDb is true.  This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when
6976 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy
6977 ** behavior.  But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to
6978 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can
6979 ** participate in shared-cache.
6980 **
6981 ** The return value to this routine is always safe to use with
6982 ** sqlite3_uri_parameter() and sqlite3_filename_database() and friends.
6983 */
6984 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(const Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){
6985   static const char zFake[8] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
6986   return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? &zFake[4] : pPager->zFilename;
6987 }
6988 
6989 /*
6990 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
6991 */
6992 sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){
6993   return pPager->pVfs;
6994 }
6995 
6996 /*
6997 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated
6998 ** with the pager.  This might return NULL if the file has
6999 ** not yet been opened.
7000 */
7001 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
7002   return pPager->fd;
7003 }
7004 
7005 /*
7006 ** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists).
7007 ** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file.
7008 */
7009 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager *pPager){
7010 #if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
7011   return pPager->jfd;
7012 #else
7013   return pPager->pWal ? sqlite3WalFile(pPager->pWal) : pPager->jfd;
7014 #endif
7015 }
7016 
7017 /*
7018 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
7019 */
7020 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){
7021   return pPager->zJournal;
7022 }
7023 
7024 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
7025 /*
7026 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
7027 **
7028 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at
7029 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
7030 ** in cache.  If the page previously located at pgno is not already
7031 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
7032 **
7033 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
7034 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
7035 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
7036 **
7037 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
7038 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
7039 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
7040 ** transaction is active).
7041 **
7042 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
7043 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction
7044 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page
7045 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
7046 **
7047 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
7048 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK.
7049 */
7050 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){
7051   PgHdr *pPgOld;               /* The page being overwritten. */
7052   Pgno needSyncPgno = 0;       /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */
7053   int rc;                      /* Return code */
7054   Pgno origPgno;               /* The original page number */
7055 
7056   assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
7057   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
7058        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
7059   );
7060   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7061 
7062   /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal
7063   ** the page we are moving from.
7064   */
7065   assert( pPager->tempFile || !MEMDB );
7066   if( pPager->tempFile ){
7067     rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
7068     if( rc ) return rc;
7069   }
7070 
7071   /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
7072   ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the
7073   ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
7074   **
7075   **   BEGIN;
7076   **     <journal page X, then modify it in memory>
7077   **     SAVEPOINT one;
7078   **       <Move page X to location Y>
7079   **     ROLLBACK TO one;
7080   **
7081   ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not
7082   ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one"
7083   ** statement were is processed.
7084   **
7085   ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into
7086   ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
7087   ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
7088   */
7089   if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0
7090    && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg))
7091   ){
7092     return rc;
7093   }
7094 
7095   PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n",
7096       PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno));
7097   IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
7098 
7099   /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
7100   ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
7101   **
7102   ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
7103   ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno
7104   ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
7105   */
7106   if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){
7107     needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
7108     assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ||
7109             pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize );
7110     assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
7111   }
7112 
7113   /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
7114   ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for
7115   ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained
7116   ** for the page moved there.
7117   */
7118   pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
7119   pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
7120   assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 || CORRUPT_DB );
7121   if( pPgOld ){
7122     if( pPgOld->nRef>1 ){
7123       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld);
7124       return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
7125     }
7126     pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
7127     if( pPager->tempFile ){
7128       /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
7129       ** need to rollback later.  Just move the page out of the way. */
7130       sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1);
7131     }else{
7132       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld);
7133     }
7134   }
7135 
7136   origPgno = pPg->pgno;
7137   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno);
7138   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
7139 
7140   /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
7141   ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back.  Use pPgOld
7142   ** as the original page since it has already been allocated.
7143   */
7144   if( pPager->tempFile && pPgOld ){
7145     sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno);
7146     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld);
7147   }
7148 
7149   if( needSyncPgno ){
7150     /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be
7151     ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
7152     ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the
7153     ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
7154     ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
7155     ** flag.
7156     **
7157     ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
7158     ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
7159     ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
7160     ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
7161     ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
7162     ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
7163     */
7164     PgHdr *pPgHdr;
7165     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr, 0);
7166     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
7167       if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
7168         assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 );
7169         sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace);
7170       }
7171       return rc;
7172     }
7173     pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
7174     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr);
7175     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr);
7176   }
7177 
7178   return SQLITE_OK;
7179 }
7180 #endif
7181 
7182 /*
7183 ** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page
7184 ** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's
7185 ** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to
7186 ** the value passed as the third parameter.
7187 */
7188 void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){
7189   assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew );
7190   pPg->flags = flags;
7191   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew);
7192 }
7193 
7194 /*
7195 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
7196 */
7197 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){
7198   assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb );
7199   return pPg->pData;
7200 }
7201 
7202 /*
7203 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space
7204 ** allocated along with the specified page.
7205 */
7206 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
7207   return pPg->pExtra;
7208 }
7209 
7210 /*
7211 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
7212 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
7213 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
7214 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
7215 **
7216 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
7217 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
7218 ** locking-mode.
7219 */
7220 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
7221   assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
7222             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
7223             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
7224   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
7225   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
7226   assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) );
7227   if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){
7228     pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode;
7229   }
7230   return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
7231 }
7232 
7233 /*
7234 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
7235 **
7236 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
7237 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
7238 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
7239 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7240 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
7241 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
7242 **
7243 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed.
7244 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons:
7245 **
7246 **   *  An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
7247 **      or _MEMORY.
7248 **
7249 **   *  Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode.
7250 **
7251 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
7252 */
7253 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
7254   u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode;    /* Prior journalmode */
7255 
7256   /* The eMode parameter is always valid */
7257   assert(      eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
7258             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
7259             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
7260             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7261             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
7262             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
7263 
7264   /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
7265   ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed
7266   ** to WAL mode.
7267   */
7268   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7269 
7270   /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to
7271   ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF
7272   */
7273   if( MEMDB ){
7274     assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
7275     if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7276       eMode = eOld;
7277     }
7278   }
7279 
7280   if( eMode!=eOld ){
7281 
7282     /* Change the journal mode. */
7283     assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
7284     pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode;
7285 
7286     /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal
7287     ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode,
7288     ** delete the journal file.
7289     */
7290     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
7291     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
7292     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 );
7293     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 );
7294     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 );
7295     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 );
7296 
7297     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode );
7298     if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){
7299 
7300       /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is
7301       ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file
7302       ** here is an optimization only.
7303       **
7304       ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the
7305       ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted
7306       ** while it is in use by some other client.
7307       */
7308       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7309       if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
7310         sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7311       }else{
7312         int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7313         int state = pPager->eState;
7314         assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER );
7315         if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7316           rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager);
7317         }
7318         if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){
7319           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
7320           rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
7321         }
7322         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7323           sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7324         }
7325         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){
7326           pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7327         }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7328           pager_unlock(pPager);
7329         }
7330         assert( state==pPager->eState );
7331       }
7332     }else if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7333       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7334     }
7335   }
7336 
7337   /* Return the new journal mode */
7338   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7339 }
7340 
7341 /*
7342 ** Return the current journal mode.
7343 */
7344 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7345   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7346 }
7347 
7348 /*
7349 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the
7350 ** journalmode.  Journalmode changes can only happen when the database
7351 ** is unmodified.
7352 */
7353 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7354   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7355   if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0;
7356   if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0;
7357   return 1;
7358 }
7359 
7360 /*
7361 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
7362 **
7363 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced.
7364 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op.
7365 */
7366 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
7367   if( iLimit>=-1 ){
7368     pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
7369     sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit);
7370   }
7371   return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
7372 }
7373 
7374 /*
7375 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module
7376 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module
7377 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and
7378 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only.
7379 */
7380 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){
7381   return &pPager->pBackup;
7382 }
7383 
7384 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
7385 /*
7386 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache.
7387 */
7388 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){
7389   assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile );
7390   if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager);
7391 }
7392 #endif
7393 
7394 
7395 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
7396 /*
7397 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint",
7398 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
7399 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions.
7400 **
7401 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
7402 */
7403 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(
7404   Pager *pPager,                  /* Checkpoint on this pager */
7405   sqlite3 *db,                    /* Db handle used to check for interrupts */
7406   int eMode,                      /* Type of checkpoint */
7407   int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Final number of frames in log */
7408   int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Final number of checkpointed frames */
7409 ){
7410   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7411   if( pPager->pWal ){
7412     rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, db, eMode,
7413         (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler),
7414         pPager->pBusyHandlerArg,
7415         pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
7416         pnLog, pnCkpt
7417     );
7418   }
7419   return rc;
7420 }
7421 
7422 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){
7423   return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal);
7424 }
7425 
7426 /*
7427 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the
7428 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging.
7429 */
7430 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){
7431   const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods;
7432   if( pPager->noLock ) return 0;
7433   return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap);
7434 }
7435 
7436 /*
7437 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock
7438 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it.
7439 */
7440 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
7441   int rc;                         /* Return code */
7442 
7443   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7444   rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
7445   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
7446     /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the
7447     ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead.  */
7448     pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7449   }
7450 
7451   return rc;
7452 }
7453 
7454 /*
7455 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in
7456 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
7457 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
7458 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
7459 */
7460 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){
7461   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7462 
7463   assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 );
7464   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7465 
7466   /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use
7467   ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory
7468   ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
7469   ** file, to make sure this is safe.
7470   */
7471   if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){
7472     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7473   }
7474 
7475   /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails,
7476   ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
7477   */
7478   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7479     rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs,
7480         pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode,
7481         pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal
7482     );
7483   }
7484   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7485 
7486   return rc;
7487 }
7488 
7489 
7490 /*
7491 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call
7492 ** this function.
7493 **
7494 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database
7495 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file
7496 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful,
7497 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does
7498 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is
7499 ** not modified in either case.
7500 **
7501 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if
7502 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK
7503 ** without doing anything.
7504 */
7505 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(
7506   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
7507   int *pbOpen                     /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */
7508 ){
7509   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
7510 
7511   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7512   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN   || pbOpen );
7513   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen );
7514   assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 );
7515   assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) );
7516 
7517   if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){
7518     if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
7519 
7520     /* Close any rollback journal previously open */
7521     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7522 
7523     rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7524     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7525       pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL;
7526       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
7527     }
7528   }else{
7529     *pbOpen = 1;
7530   }
7531 
7532   return rc;
7533 }
7534 
7535 /*
7536 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
7537 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
7538 **
7539 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an
7540 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
7541 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
7542 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
7543 */
7544 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
7545   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7546 
7547   assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7548 
7549   /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
7550   ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
7551   ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
7552   */
7553   if( !pPager->pWal ){
7554     int logexists = 0;
7555     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7556     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7557       rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
7558           pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists
7559       );
7560     }
7561     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){
7562       rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7563     }
7564   }
7565 
7566   /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
7567   ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
7568   */
7569   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){
7570     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7571     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7572       rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags,
7573                            pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace);
7574       pPager->pWal = 0;
7575       pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7576       if( rc && !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7577     }
7578   }
7579   return rc;
7580 }
7581 
7582 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT
7583 /*
7584 ** If pager pPager is a wal-mode database not in exclusive locking mode,
7585 ** invoke the sqlite3WalWriteLock() function on the associated Wal object
7586 ** with the same db and bLock parameters as were passed to this function.
7587 ** Return an SQLite error code if an error occurs, or SQLITE_OK otherwise.
7588 */
7589 int sqlite3PagerWalWriteLock(Pager *pPager, int bLock){
7590   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7591   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->exclusiveMode==0 ){
7592     rc = sqlite3WalWriteLock(pPager->pWal, bLock);
7593   }
7594   return rc;
7595 }
7596 
7597 /*
7598 ** Set the database handle used by the wal layer to determine if
7599 ** blocking locks are required.
7600 */
7601 void sqlite3PagerWalDb(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
7602   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
7603     sqlite3WalDb(pPager->pWal, db);
7604   }
7605 }
7606 #endif
7607 
7608 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
7609 /*
7610 ** If this is a WAL database, obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot
7611 ** currently open. Otherwise, return an error.
7612 */
7613 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot){
7614   int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7615   if( pPager->pWal ){
7616     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(pPager->pWal, ppSnapshot);
7617   }
7618   return rc;
7619 }
7620 
7621 /*
7622 ** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a
7623 ** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it
7624 ** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error.
7625 */
7626 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(
7627   Pager *pPager,
7628   sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot
7629 ){
7630   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7631   if( pPager->pWal ){
7632     sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot);
7633   }else{
7634     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7635   }
7636   return rc;
7637 }
7638 
7639 /*
7640 ** If this is a WAL database, call sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(). If this
7641 ** is not a WAL database, return an error.
7642 */
7643 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager){
7644   int rc;
7645   if( pPager->pWal ){
7646     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(pPager->pWal);
7647   }else{
7648     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7649   }
7650   return rc;
7651 }
7652 
7653 /*
7654 ** The caller currently has a read transaction open on the database.
7655 ** If this is not a WAL database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Otherwise,
7656 ** this function takes a SHARED lock on the CHECKPOINTER slot and then
7657 ** checks if the snapshot passed as the second argument is still
7658 ** available. If so, SQLITE_OK is returned.
7659 **
7660 ** If the snapshot is not available, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Or, if
7661 ** the CHECKPOINTER lock cannot be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY. If any error
7662 ** occurs (any value other than SQLITE_OK is returned), the CHECKPOINTER
7663 ** lock is released before returning.
7664 */
7665 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){
7666   int rc;
7667   if( pPager->pWal ){
7668     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotCheck(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot);
7669   }else{
7670     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7671   }
7672   return rc;
7673 }
7674 
7675 /*
7676 ** Release a lock obtained by an earlier successful call to
7677 ** sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck().
7678 */
7679 void sqlite3PagerSnapshotUnlock(Pager *pPager){
7680   assert( pPager->pWal );
7681   sqlite3WalSnapshotUnlock(pPager->pWal);
7682 }
7683 
7684 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */
7685 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
7686 
7687 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
7688 /*
7689 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If
7690 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more
7691 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the
7692 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file
7693 ** is empty, return 0.
7694 */
7695 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){
7696   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
7697   return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal);
7698 }
7699 #endif
7700 
7701 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
7702